1999 BMW E39 5 Series Owner S Handbook

Owner's Handbook for the vehicle.
With quick reference guide.

Contents
A-Z
Online Edition for Part-No. 01 41 9 791 301 - 01/99 BMW AG
Saloon
touring
520i
523i
528i
535i
540i
525td
525tds
530d
Congratulations on your choice of a BMW.
The be tte r you are acquainte d with your car, the e as ie r you will dis cove r driving it to
be . We would the re fore like to offe r you the following advice .
This Owne r's Handbook contains important information on ope rating and looking
afte r your BMW. Ple as e re ad it care fully be fore s e tting out in your ne w car, s o that
you are fully familiar with the te chnical advantage s of your BMW. It als o contains
us e ful information on care and mainte nance , to uphold both the car's ope rating
s afe ty and its full re s ale value .
We wis h you an e njoyable driving e xpe rie nce .
BMW AG
O
n
l
i
n
e

E
d
i
t
i
o
n

f
o
r

P
a
r
t
-
N
o
.

0
1

4
1

9

7
9
1

3
0
1

-

0
1
/
9
9

B
M
W

A
G

1998 BMW AG
Munich, Ge rmany
Not to be re produce d wholly or in part without
writte n pe rmis s ion from BMW AG, Munich.
Orde r No. 01 41 9 791 301
Englis h VIII/98
Printe d in Ge rmany
Printe d on e nvironme ntally frie ndly pape r
(ble ache d without chlorine , s uitable for re cycling).
4n
Notes on this Owner's Handbook
We have trie d to make all the informa-
tion in this Owne r's Handbook e as y to
find. The quicke s t acce s s to a particular
topic or ite m is by cons ulting the de -
taile d alphabe tical inde x at the e nd.
Cons ult the firs t chapte r for an initial
ove rvie w of your car. The de taile d lis t of
conte nts imme diate ly following the lis t
of main he adings is inte nde d to arous e
your curios ity about your ne w BMW and
e ncourage you to re ad this information
care fully.
Whe n the time come s to s e ll your BMW,
ple as e re me mbe r to hand ove r this
Owne r's Handbook; it is re garde d le -
gally as part of the ve hicle .
If you have any que rie s , BMW Se rvice
will be glad to advis e you.
Symbols used
indicate s ins tructions or pre cau-
tions which you s hould de finite ly
re ad for your s afe ty and that of othe rs ,
and to pre ve nt damage to the car.<
is us e d to ide ntify de tails of s pe -
cial fe ature s .<
re fe rs to re cycling me thods or
proce dure s .<
< indicate s the e nd of a particular in-
s truction or de s cription.
* ide ntifie s s pe cial e quipme nt or ite ms
to a particular national-marke t s pe cifi-
cation, and als o acce s s orie s .
indicate s ve hicle compone nts
whe re it is advis able to cons ult
this Owne r's Handbook.
draws your atte ntion to functions
which BMW Se rvice can adjus t to
s uit your own pe rs onal pre fe re nce s
("Car Me mory", "Ke y Me mory"). Se e
page 57.<
Your own car
Whe n you orde re d your BMW, you
chos e various ite ms of e quipme nt. This
handbook de s cribe s all mode ls and
e quipme nt s pe cifications which BMW
offe rs within this particular mode l line .
This e xplains why the handbook may
als o contain de tails of ite ms which you
have not orde re d. The diffe re nce s can
e as ily be ide ntifie d by the as te ris k *
s hown agains t optional e xtras .
If your BMW contains e quipme nt that is
not de s cribe d in this Owne r's Hand-
book (e . g. a car radio or te le phone ),
s upple me ntary ope rating ins tructions
will be s upplie d and you are re que s te d
to s tudy and comply with the m.
5n
Print status
Fue l cons umption data are as de te r-
mine d at the time of clos ing for print. All
dime ns ional, we ight and pe rformance
figure s in the Owne r's Handbook re fe r
to the the Ge rman Standards Ins titute
(DIN e . V.) and comply with the s e tole r-
ance s . De viations may occur with
re s pe ct to ce rtain national-marke t ve r-
s ions of the cars . In cars with right-
hand drive , s ome controls will be lo-
cate d diffe re ntly from thos e illus trate d
in this handbook.
The high s afe ty and quality s tandards of
BMW ve hicle s are maintaine d by un-
ce as ing de ve lopme nt work on de s igns ,
e quipme nt and acce s s orie s . Be caus e
of this , your car may diffe r from the in-
formation s upplie d in the Owne r's
Handbook. Nor can e rrors and omis -
s ions be e ntire ly rule d out. You are
the re fore as ke d to appre ciate that no
le gal claims can be e nte rtaine d on the
bas is of the data, illus trations or de -
s criptions in this handbook.
For your own safety
Us e only parts and acce s s ory
products which BMW has ap-
prove d for your car.
Parts and products which BMW has ap-
prove d for your car have be e n che cke d
for s afe ty, function and s uitability. BMW
acce pts product liability for the m.
BMW cannot acce pt liability for parts or
acce s s ory products of any kind which it
has not approve d.
BMW is unable to as s e s s e ach individ-
ual product of outs ide origin as to its
s uitability for us e on BMW ve hicle s
without s afe ty ris k. Nor can s uitability
be as s ure d, for e xample , e ve n if an offi-
cial ins pe ction authority (s uch as the
Ge rman TV) has approve d the product
or it has be e n grante d a Ge ne ral Ope r-
ating Pe rmit. The s e te s ts cannot always
take into account the full range of ope r-
ating conditions applicable to BMW ve -
hicle s and may the re fore be inade -
quate .
In s hort, the functional e fficie ncy or
road s afe ty of your BMW, and als o its
value , may be affe cte d if its s pe cifica-
tion is alte re d by ins talling parts not ap-
prove d for it. Original BMW parts and
acce s s orie s , othe r BMW-approve d
products and compe te nt advice on all
re late d matte rs are obtainable from
BMW Se rvice .<
6n
Initial overview
Controls in detail
Operation, maintenance
and general care
Minor repairs
Technical data
Index
Technical items of interest
7n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
Contents
I
n
i
t
i
a
l

o
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s

i
n

d
e
t
a
i
l
Driving are a 14
Ins trume nt pane l 16
Te lltale and warning lamps 20
Multifunctional s te e ring
whe e l 23
Hazard warning flas he rs 24
Warning triangle 24
Firs t aid box 24
Re fue lling 25
Fue l grade s 25
Tyre pre s s ure s 27
Opening and closing:
Ke ys 34
Ele ctronic immobilize r 35
Ce ntral locking s ys te m 36
Doors from outs ide 36
Radio re mote control 37
Doors from ins ide 39
Luggage compare me nt lid 40
Re ar window 41
Luggage compartme nt 43
Alarm s ys te m 44
Ele ctric windows 46
Sliding/tilt s unroof 47
Adjusting:
Se ats 49
Ste e ring whe e l 52
Mirrors 53
Se at, mirror and s te e ring whe e l
pos ition me mory 55
Car Me mory, Ke y Me mory 57
Safety systems:
Se at be lts 58
Airbags 59
Child re s traint s ys te ms 61
Childproof door locks 62
Driving:
Ignition s witch 63
Starting the e ngine 63
Stopping the e ngine 65
Handbrake 65
Manual ge arbox 66
Automatic trans mis s ion 67
Automatic trans mis s ion with
Ste ptronic 69
Turn indicators /he adlamp
flas he r 72
Wipe rs /rain s e ns or 72
He ate d re ar window 75
Cruis e control 75
Everything under control:
Trip dis tance re corde r; outs ide
te mpe rature dis play 77
Re volution counte r 77
Ene rgy Control 78
Fue l le ve l indicator 78
Coolant the rmome te r 79
Se rvice Inte rval indicator 79
Che ck Control 80
On-board compute r 83
Technical features for journey
comfort and safety:
Park Dis tance Control (PDC) 85
Automatic Stability Control plus
Traction (ASC+T)/Dynamic
Stability Control (DSC) 86
Ele ctronic Damping Control
(EDC) 87
Tyre Pre s s ure Control (RDC) 88
9n
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s

i
n

d
e
t
a
i
l
O
p
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
,

m
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e

a
n
d

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

c
a
r
e Lights:
Side lights /low-be am
he adlamps 90
Ins trume nt lighting 90
He adlamp range control 91
High-be am he adlamps /parking
lights 91
Fog lamps 92
Inte rior light/load-are a light 92
Re ading lights 93
Controlled-temperature air for a
pleasant interior climate:
Air conditioning 95
Automatic air conditioning 100
Se at he ating 106
He ate d s te e ring whe e l 106
Rolle r s un blind 106
Auxiliary he ate r 107
Auxiliary ve ntilation control 107
Auxiliary he ate r re mote
control 108
Practical interior equipment:
Glove box 109
Storage compartme nts 109
Drink can holde rs 110
As htrays 111
Cigare tte lighte r 111
Loading and load-carrying:
Through-loading s ys te m 113
Ski bag 114
touring:
Rolle r-blind cove r 117
Ne t in front of load are a 117
Compartme nts in luggage
are a 118
Re movable floor in luggage
are a 120
Load 121
Roof rack 122
Towing a traile r 123
Driving precautions:
Running in 128
Driving hints 128
Catalytic conve rte r 129
Anti-lock brake s ys te m
(ABS) 130
Dis c brake s 131
Brake s 132
Winte r ope ration 133
Powe r s te e ring 135
Se lf-le ve lling s us pe ns ion 135
Digital Die s e l Ele ctronics
(DDE) 136
Car te le phone 136
Radio re ce ption 136
Wheels and tyres:
Condition of tyre s 137
Ne w tyre s 138
Changing whe e ls 138
Whe e l and tyre
combinations 139
Winte r tyre s 140
Snow chains 140
Approve d whe e l and tyre
s ize s 141
Contents
O
p
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
,

m
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e

a
n
d

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

c
a
r
e
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

i
t
e
m
s

o
f

i
n
t
e
r
e
s
t
In the engine compartment:
Engine hood 147
Engine compartme nt 148
Was he r fluid 156
Was he r je ts 156
Engine oil 157
Coolant 160
Brake fluid 161
Powe r s te e ring oil 162
Ve hicle ide ntification
numbe r 162
Type plate 162
Maintenance and general care:
The BMW mainte nance
s ys te m 163
Care of the car 164
Airbags 170
Laying up out of us e 170
Legal requirements and
regulations:
Rule of the road 171
Re gis tration abroad 171
Te chnical modifications 172
OBD s ocke t 172
Recycling:
Re cycling in the Se rvice
are a 173
Re turning the car 173
Replacing parts:
Toolkit 176
Wipe r blade s 176
Lights and bulbs 177
Auxiliary he ate r re mote
control 185
Whe e l-changing 186
Lockable whe e l s tuds 189
Batte ry 190
Fus e s 192
If an electrical fault occurs:
Fue l fille r flap 194
touring: tailgate 195
Mutual aid:
BMW Eme rge ncy Se rvice 196
Starting with a flat batte ry 196
Tow-s tarting, towing away 197
Fire e xtinguis he r 199
Adaptive trans mis s ion control
(AGS) 202
Airbags 203
Traction (ASC+T)/Dynamic Sta-
bility Control (DSC) 203
Car radio 204
Se at be lt catch te ns ione r 204
Hi-fi s ys te m (DSP) 205
Inte rior mirror, automatic-
dip 205
Inte gral-link re ar
s us pe ns ion 206
Late nt he at s tore 206
Rain s e ns or 207
Tyre pre s s ure control (RDC) 208
Xe non he adlamps 208
Wate r- and dirt-re pe lle nt
winds cre e n 209
11n
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

d
a
t
a
I
n
d
e
x Engine data 212
Fue l cons umption, carbon diox-
ide /O e mis s ions 213
Dime ns ions 215
We ights 217
Pe rformance 221
Filling capacitie s 223
Ele ctrical s ys te m 224
V-be lts 224
From A to Z 228
Minor re pairs from A to Z 234
12n
Initial overview
Controls in detail
and general care
Minor repairs
Technical data
Index
13n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
Driving are a 14
Te lltale and warning lights 20
Multi-functional s te e ring whe e l
(MFL) 23
Warning triangle 24
Firs t aid kit 24
Re fue lling 25
Fue l grade 25
14n
3
9
0
d
e
0
0
1
Driving area
15n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
1 Side lights /low be am (dippe d)
he adlamps 90
2 d Flas hing turn indicators 72
> Parking lights 91
> High-be am he adlamps 91
> He adlight flas he r 72
> Compute r 83
3 Fog lights 92
4 Wipe rs /was he r 72
5 Ce ntral locking s ys te m 36
6 Hazard warning flas he rs 24
7 He ate d re ar window 75
8 Horn, e ntire s urface
9 Ele ctric s te e ring whe e l
adjus tme nt* 53
Driving area
16nInstrument panel
3
9
0
d
e
3
3
8
17n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
Instrument panel
The re are two ve rs ions , de pe nding on
your car's e quipme nt
1 Fue l dis play with te lltale to indicate
whe n fue l is running out 78
2 Flas hing turn indicator re pe ate r 22
3 Spe e dome te r
4 High be am te lltale 22
5 Re volution counte r and Ene rgy
Control 77, 78
6 Engine coolant the rmome te r with
te lltale "Coolant te mpe rature too
high" 79
7 Te lltale and warning lights (arrange d
clockwis e ) for
> Handbrake /brake hydraulics , Dy-
namic Brake Control (DBC)* 22
> Anti-lock brake s ys te m (ABS) 21
> Brake pads 21
> Tyre pre s s ure control (RDC)* 22
> Airbags 21
> Automatic trans mis s ion* 21
> Fas te n s e at be lts 21
> Cruis e control* 22
8 Se le ctor le ve r pos ition and pro-
gram dis plays for automatic
trans mis s ion* 67
9 Compute r dis play
For ope ration from turn indicator
le ve r, s e e page 83:
> Outs ide te mpe rature
> Ave rage fue l cons umption,
> Be fore re fue lling
> Ave rage s pe e d
10 Te lltale /warning lights for
> Automatic Stability Control plus
Traction (ASC+T)/Dynamic Stabil-
ity Control (DSC)* 21
> Se lf-le ve lling s us pe ns ion* 22
11 Dis tance re corde r (odome te r) and
trip dis tance re corde r 77
12 Dis play for Che ck Control 80
13 Trip dis tance control ze roing 77
clockwis e ) for
> Fog lights * 22
> Re ar fog lights * 22
> Batte ry charge 20
> Engine oil le ve l/pre s s ure 20
> Ele ctronic e ngine output control
(EML) 22
> Die s e l e ngine pre he at/Digital
Die s e l Ele ctronics (DDE)* 22
> Engine manage me nt 22
You can als o have outs ide te m-
pe rature and the dis tance cove re d
dis playe d in anothe r unit of me as ure -
me nt.<
18nInstrument panel*
3
9
0
d
e
3
3
9
19n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
Instrument panel*
The re are two ve rs ions , de pe nding on
your car's e quipme nt
1 Fue l dis play with te lltale to indicate
whe n fue l is running out 78
2 Flas hing turn indicator re pe ate r 22
3 Spe e dome te r
4 High be am te lltale 22
5 Re volution counte r and Ene rgy
Control 77
6 Coolant the rmome te r 79
clockwis e ) for
> Handbrake 21
> Brake hydraulics /Dynamic Brake
Control (DBC)* 22
> Anti-lock brake s ys te m (ABS) 21
> Airbags 21
> Fas te n s e at be lts 21
> Cruis e control* 22
8 Che ck Control button 79
9 Se le ctor le ve r pos ition and pro-
gram dis plays for automatic
trans mis s ion* 67, 69
10 Ots ide te mpe rature dis play 77
11 Te lltale for Automatic Stability Con-
trol plus Traction (ASC+T)/Dynamic
Stability Control (DSC)* 21
12 Trip dis tance re corde r 77
13 Dis play for
> Che ck Control 80
> Compute r: s e e radio ope rating
ins tructions
and on ve rs ion with multi-func-
tional s te e ring whe e l (MFL), als o
for
> Radio and te le phone , s e e s e pa-
rate ope rating ins tructions
14 Odome te r (dis tance re corde r) 77
15 Se rvice Inte rval indicator 79
16 Trip dis tance control ze roing 77
clockwis e ) for
> Fog lights * 22
> Re ar fog lights * 22
> Batte ry charge 20
> Engine oil pre s s ure 20
> Engine manage me nt 22
You can als o have the outs ide
te mpe rature dis playe d in diffe re nt
units of me as ure me nt or the Che ck
Control me s s age s and compute r infor-
mation dis playe d in a diffe re nt lan-
guage .<
20nTelltale and warning lights
Technical equipment that
monitors itself
Nume rous s ys te ms on your BMW are
s e lf-monitoring, both whe n s tarting and
during the journe y. The function of te ll-
tale and warning lights marke d "G" is
che cke d whe n the ignition is s witche d
on. The y come on once for varying pe ri-
ods .
If a de fe ct occurs in one of the s ys te ms ,
the corre s ponding light will re main on
whe n the e ngine is s tarte d or will come
on again during the journe y. The corre ct
re s pons e on your part to this is de -
s cribe d be low.
Red: stop as soon as possible
Batte ry charge G
The batte ry is not be ing
charge d. The alte rnator V-be lt is
de fe ctive or the re is a fault in the alte r-
nator charging circuit. Cons ult the ne ar-
e s t BMW Se rvice .
If the V-be lt is de fe ctive , do not
continue the journe y, as the re is a
ris k of the e ngine ove rhe ating and s uf-
fe ring damage . A de fe ctive V-be lt als o
incre as e s the e ffort ne e de d to turn the
s te e ring whe e l.<
Engine oil pre s s ure G
The me s s age "STOP! ENGINE
OIL PRESS" may als o appe ar in
the Che ck Control*: Stop imme diate ly
and s witch off the e ngine . Che ck
e ngine oil le ve l and top up if ne ce s s ary.
If the oil le ve l is corre ct: Cons ult the
ne are s t BMW Se rvice .
Do not continue the journe y, as
the e ngine may othe rwis e be dam-
age d by inade quate lubrication.<
Tyre Pre s s ure Control (RDC)* G
A gong s ignal is als o he ard: the
tyre is puncture d or othe rwis e
damage d. Imme diate ly re duce s pe e d
and s top, avoiding viole nt braking and
s udde n s te e ring whe e l move me nts .
Furthe r de tails : page 88
Brake hydraulics G
If light re mains on afte r re le as ing
handbrake : have the brake fluid
le ve l che cke d. Be fore continuing on
your journe y, re ad ins tructions on
page s 132 and 161.
21n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
Telltale and warning lights
Yellow: stop as soon as possible
Engine oil le ve l*
If light come s on during journe y:
s top imme diate ly and s witch off
the e ngine . The e ngine oil is at its abs o-
lute minimum pe rmitte d le ve l.
Do not continue the journe y, as
the e ngine may othe rwis e be dam-
age d by inade quate lubrication.<
Red: important reminder
Handbrake * G
Lights up whe n handbrake is ap-
plie d. Furthe r de tails : page 65.
Handbrake * G
Lights up whe n handbrake is ap-
plie d. Furthe r de tails : page 65.
Als o lights up whe n the me s s age
"CHECK BRAKE LININGS" appe ars on
the Che ck Control.
Fas te n s e at be lts G
De pe nding on the ve rs ion, a s ig-
nal s ounds at the s ame time * or
a me s s age appe ars * in the Che ck Con-
trol dis play. Come s on for s e ve ral s e c-
onds or, de pe nding on ve rs ion, until the
s e at be lts are fas te ne d. Furthe r de tails :
page 58.
Airbags G
Ple as e arrange for the proble m
to be e xamine d by BMW Se rv-
ice . Furthe r de tails : page 59, 203.
Yellow: have a check performed
soon
Anti-lock brake s ys te m (ABS) G
ABS is s witche d off be caus e a
fault has de ve lope d. Normal
brake action is not affe cte d (no re s tric-
tions ). Ple as e arrange for the proble m
to be e xamine d by BMW Se rvice . Fur-
the r de tails : page 130.
Engine oil le ve l*
If light come s on whe n e ngine is
s witche d off: che ck e ngine oil
le ve l. Furthe r de tails : page 157.
Automatic trans mis s ion* G
A fault has caus e d the auto-
matic trans mis s ion to s witch to
the e me rge ncy-run program. Ple as e
cons ult your ne are s t BMW Se rvice .
Furthe r de tails : page 68.
Brake pads * G
Che ck the condition of your
brake pads . Furthe r de tails :
page 133.
Stability Control (DSC)* G
ASC+T/DSC has be e n s witche d off by
pre s s ing the control button, or due to a
fault. If the re is a fault, ple as e have it
che cke d by BMW Se rvice . Furthe r de -
tails : page 86.
22nTelltale and warning lights
Dynamic Brake Control (DBC)* G
Malfunction in DBC s ys te m. Nor-
mal brake action is not affe cte d
(no re s trictions ). Furthe r de tails :
page 132.
Tyre Pre s s ure Control (RDC)* G
To che ck tyre pre s s ure s , s e e
page 27, 88.
Se lf-le ve lling s us pe ns ion* G
The s e lf-le ve lling s us pe ns ion is
out of action. Ple as e cons ult
your ne are s t BMW Se rvice . Furthe r de -
tails : page 135.
Engine manage me nt s ys te m G
Engine control s ys te m malfunc-
tion. Ple as e arrange for the
proble m to be e xamine d by BMW Se rv-
ice .
Ele ctronic e ngine output control
(EML)* G
EML malfunction. Highe r pe dal
pre s s ure and longe r pe dal trave l may
be ne e de d whe n braking. Ple as e ar-
range for the proble m to be e xamine d
by BMW Se rvice .
(DDE)* G
If light come s on during journe y:
ple as e arrange for the proble m to be
e xamine d by BMW Se rvice . Furthe r de -
tails : page 136.
Yellow: for your information
Re ar foglights *
Lights up whe n the re ar fog
lights are s witche d on. Furthe r
de tails : page 92.
Die s e l e ngine pre he at* G
Do not s tart the e ngine until the
light has gone out. Furthe r de -
tails : page 63.
Green: for your information
Flas hing turn indicators
Flas he s rhythmically whe n a turn
is s e le cte d; als o applie s to
traile r if one is be ing towe d. Rapid
flas hing: s ys te m malfunction. Furthe r
de tails : page 72.
Cruis e control*
Come s on whe n the s ys te m is
s witche d on: Re ady to ope rate
us ing the multi-function s te e ring whe e l.
Furthe r de tails : page 75.
Fog lights *
Lights up whe n the foglights are
s witche d on. Furthe r de tails :
page 92.
Blue: for your information
High-be am he adlamps
Come s on whe n the high he ad-
lamp be ams are in us e or the
he adlamp flas he r is us e d. Furthe r de -
tails : page 72, 91
23n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
Multifunctional steering wheel (MFL)*
Inte grate d into the multifunctional
s te e ring whe e l (MFL) are buttons to
pe rmit the following functions to be pe r-
forme d quickly and without the drive r's
atte ntion be ing dis tracte d from the
traffic:
> Various radio functions
> Re circulate d-air mode for air condi-
tioning or
> He ate d s te e ring whe e l
> Cruis e control
> Some te le phone functions .
The s ys te ms in que s tion mus t be
s witche d on be fore the y can be
controlle d from the multifunctional
s te e ring whe e l.<
The illus tration s hows a full s e t of con-
trols . For furthe r de tails , ple as e re fe r to
the de s cription of the ite m conce rne d.
1 Te le phone : acce pting call, s tarting
dialling or te rminating call. With
voice input*: s witching on and off
2 Radio/te le phone : change ove r
s witch
3 Radio/te le phone : s e arch in re ve rs e
or s tation ke ys (or brows e in lis t of
name s )
4 Radio/te le phone : volume control
5 Radio/te le phone : s e arch forwards
or s tation ke ys (or brows e in lis t of
name s )
3
9
0
d
e
1
1
0
6 Horn, e ntire s urface
7 Cruis e control: re call
8 Cruis e control: me moris e and
acce le rate (+), de ce le rate and
me moris e ()
9 Cruis e control: activate /inte rrupt/
de -activate
10 Re circulate d air and AUC or s te e r-
ing whe e l he ating: s witching on and
off.
24nHazard warning flashers Warning triangle* First aid box*
The pus hbutton lights up in a re gular
rhythm whe n the hazard warning flas h-
e rs are ope rating.
Whe n the car's lights are in us e , the
pus hbutton is als o lit s o that it can be
locate d more e as ily afte r dark.
The turn s ignals have priority ove r
the hazard warning lights . For this
re as on, from ignition ke y s e tting 1, you
are able to ope rate the turn s ignals ,
e ve n if the hazard warning lights are
s witche d on.<
3
9
0
d
e
0
3
9
The warning triangle is ke pt in the tool
holde r in the luggage compartme nt lid
or tailgate , and e as ily re ache d whe n
ne e de d.
To ope n the toolkit, uns cre w the wing
bolt(s ).
Ple as e note that you may be re -
quire d by law to carry a warning
triangle in the car.<
3
9
4
d
e
0
5
3
Unde r the front pas s e nge r's s e at.
To re move : lift up the pus hbutton catch
at the front (arrow) and pull the firs t aid
kit forwards out of its holde r.
To re place in pos ition: ins e rt the firs t aid
kit in its holde r and pus h to the re ar until
the catch e ngage s .
Ce rtain of the ite ms in the firs t aid
kit have a limite d us e ful life . The
conte nts s hould the re fore be che cke d
re gularly and life -e xpire d ite ms re -
place d. Re place me nts can be obtaine d
from any pharmacy.
Comply with le gal re quire me nts con-
ce rning the ne e d to carry a firs t-aid box
in the car.<
3
9
0
d
e
0
8
6
25n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
Refuelling Fuel grade
Pre s s front e dge of fue l fille r flap to
ope n.
To re le as e the fue l fille r flap if the ce n-
tral locking s ys te m has faile d, s e e
page 194.
Whe n handling fue l, comply with
the s afe ty re gulations dis playe d
by garage s and filling s tations .<
3
9
4
d
e
0
1
1
Place the s cre w cap in the holde r on
the flap.
Whe n re fue lling, ins e rt the fille r nozzle
fully into the fille r ne ck. If the fille r
nozzle is rais e d during re fue lling,
> the s upply of fue l will be cut off pre -
mature ly
> and on fille r nozzle s with fue l vapour
re cove ry, the re circulating function
will be le s s e ffe ctive .
3
9
4
d
e
1
2
0
Spark-ignition engine with
catalytic converter
The e ngine s hould be run e xclus ive ly on
unle ade d fue l. Since the e ngine s have a
knock control function, the y can run on
diffe re nt grade s of fue l.
Your BMW's e ngine is rate d to run on:
> Supe r Plus /pre mium plus fue l (octane
numbe r 98, Re s e arch Me thod).
Fill up with pe trol of this grade whe n-
e ve r pos s ible , s o that the nominal pe r-
formance and fue l cons umption value s
are achie ve d.
You can als o run the e ngine on:
> Pre mium-grade unle ade d fue l (oc-
tane numbe r 95, Re s e arch Me thod).
This fue l is als o known as :
DIN EN 228 or Euro-Supe r.
The minimum pe rmis s ible grade is :
> Re gular-grade unle ade d fue l (octane
numbe r 91, Re s e arch Me thod).
In vie w of the e ngine ratings , you are
re comme nde d to us e this fue l only in
e xce ptional circums tance s .
Ne ve r us e fue l containing le ad if
the car is e quippe d with a catalytic
conve rte r, othe rwis e the lambda probe
and the conve rte r will be pe rmane ntly
damage d.<
26nFuel grade
Spark-ignition engines without
catalytic converter*
(the catalytic conve rte r can be re tro-
fitte d)
The e ngine is de s igne d to run on both
unle ade d and le ade d fue l. Since the
e ngine s have a knock control function,
the y can run on diffe re nt grade s of fue l.
Your BMW's e ngine is rate d to run on:
> Supe r Plus /pre mium plus unle ade d
fue l (octane numbe r 98, Re s e arch
Me thod) or
> Supe r Plus /pre mium plus le ade d fue l
(octane numbe r 98, Re s e arch
Me thod). Supe r (pre mium) grade pe t-
rol (gas oline ) can be ide ntifie d by its
conformity with Ge rman Indus trial
Standard DIN 51 600.
Fill up with pe trol of this grade whe n-
e ve r pos s ible , s o that the nominal pe r-
formance and fue l cons umption value s
are achie ve d.
You can als o run the e ngine on:
> Pre mium-grade unle ade d fue l (oc-
tane numbe r 95, Re s e arch Me thod).
This fue l is als o known as :
DIN EN 228 or Euro-Supe r.
The minimum pe rmis s ible grade is :
> Re gular-grade unle ade d or le ade d
fue l (octane numbe r 91, Re s e arch
Me thod).
In vie w of the e ngine ratings , you are
re comme nde d to us e this fue l only in
e xce ptional circums tance s .
Diesel engines
> Die s e l oil to DIN EN 590 s tandard.
For winte r-grade die s e l oil, s e e
page 133.
Do not us e rape s e e d oil me thyl
e s te r (RME) or Biodie s e l, or you
ris k damaging the e ngine .<
27n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
Tyre pressures
Tyre pre s s ure s are als o s hown on the
drive r's door pos t (vis ible whe n the
door is ope n).
Checking tyre pressures
All pre s s ure value s in the table (s e e als o
the following page s ) are in bar (pounds
pe r s quare inch in bracke ts ) and are
quote d for cold tyre s (cold = no highe r
than ambie nt te mpe rature ).
Whe n towing a traile r, always us e the
value s for the highe r load.
Cars with Tyre Pre s s ure Control
(RDC)*:
Afte r corre cting tyre pre s s ure s , re -acti-
vate the s ys te m; s e e page 88.
3
9
0
d
e
3
5
1
Che ck tyre pre s s ure s re gularly (at
le as t e ve ry two we e ks and be fore
s tarting a long journe y). Incorre ct tyre
pre s s ure s can adve rs e ly affe ct the car's
roadholding and caus e tyre damage ,
which could re s ult in an accide nt.
Re me mbe r to che ck the s pare whe e l
tyre pre s s ure as we ll. It s hould be at the
highe s t pre s s ure ne e de d for any of your
car's tyre s .<
Make sure that only approved
tyres are fitted
The s e tyre pre s s ure s apply to make s of
tyre approve d by BMW and known to
BMW Se rvice . If othe r make s of tyre are
fitte d to the car, highe r tyre pre s s ure s
may be ne e de d. Approve d tyre s ize s
are s hown on page 141 onwards .

28nTyre pressures
BMW
s aloon
Tyre s ize
525td
205/65 R 15 94 H
225/60 R 15 96 V
225/55 R 16 95 V
1.9
(27.0)
2.1
(29.8)
2.1
(29.8)
2.6
(37.0)
235/45 R 17 94 W/Y
255/40 R 17 94 W/Y
1.9
(27.0)
2.1
(29.8)
2.1
(29.8)
2.1
(29.8)
2.6
(37.0)
2.6
(37.0)
205/65 R 15 94 Q/T/H M+S
225/60 R 15 96 Q/T/H M+S
225/55 R 16 95 Q/T/H M+S
235/45 R 17 94 Q/T/H M+S
2.1
(29.8)
2.3
(32.7)
2.3
(32.7)
2.8
(39.8)
520i
523i
525tds
205/65 R 15 94 V
225/60 R 15 96 V
225/55 R 16 95 V
1.9
(27.0)
2.3
(32.7)
2.3
(32.7)
2.8
(39.8)
235/45 R 17 94 W/Y
255/40 R 17 94 W/Y
1.9
(27.0)
2.3
(32.7)
2.3
(32.7)
2.3
(32.7)
2.8
(39.8)
2.8
(39.8)
205/65 R 15 94 Q/T/H M+S
225/60 R 15 96 Q/T/H M+S
225/55 R 16 95 Q/T/H M+S
235/45 R 17 94 Q/T/H M+S
2.1
(29.8)
2.5
(35.6)
2.5
(35.6)
3.0
(42.7)
29n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
Tyre pressures
528i
530d
225/60 R 15 96 W
225/55 R 16 95 W
2.0
(28.5)
2.4
(34.1)
2.5
(35.6)
3.0
(42.7)
235/45 R 17 94 W/Y
255/40 R 17 94 W/Y
2.2
(31.3)
2.6
(37.0)
2.6
(37.0)
2.7
(38.4)
3.2
(45.5)
3.2
(45.5)
205/65 R 15 94 Q/T/H M+S
225/60 R 15 96 Q/T/H M+S
225/55 R 16 95 Q/T/H M+S
235/45 R 17 94 Q/T/H M+S
2.2
(31.3)
2.6
(37.0)
2.7
(38.4)
3.2
(45.5)
535i
540i
225/55 R 16 95 W 2.3
(32.7)
2.6
(37.0)
2.7
(38.4)
3.2
(45.5)
235/45 R 17 94 W/Y
255/40 R 17 94 W/Y
2.5
(35.6)
2.8
(39.8)
2.8
(39.8)
2.9
(41.2)
3.4
(48.4)
3.4
(48.4)
225/55 R 16 95 Q/T/H M+S
235/45 R 17 94 Q/T/H M+S
2.5
(35.6)
2.8
(39.8)
2.9
(41.2)
3.4
(48.4)
BMW
s aloon
Tyre s ize
30nTyre pressures
Tyre s ize 205/65 R 15 94 V is not
approve d for the BMW 523i touring.<
BMW
touring
Tyre s ize
520i
523i
525tds
205/65 R 15 94 V
225/60 R 15 96 V
225/55 R 16 95 V
235/45 R 17 94 W/Y
2.0
(28.5)
2.4
(34.1)
2.6
(37.0)
3.1
(44.1)
205/65 R 15 94 Q/T/H M+S
225/60 R 15 96 Q/T/H M+S
225/55 R 16 95 Q/T/H M+S
235/45 R 17 94 Q/T/H M+S
2.2
(31.3)
2.6
(37.0)
2.8
(39.8)
3.3
(46.9)
528i
530d
225/60 R 15 96 W
225/55 R 16 95 W
2.1
(29.8)
2.5
(35.6)
2.6
(37.0)
3.1
(44.1)
235/45 R 17 94 W/Y
225/60 R 15 96 Q/T/H M+S
225/55 R 16 95 Q/T/H M+S
235/45 R 17 94 Q/T/H M+S
2.3
(32.7)
2.7
(38.4)
2.8
(39.8)
3.3
(46.9)
540i
225/55 R 16 95 W
235/45 R 17 94 Y
225/55 R 16 95 Q/T/H M+S
235/45 R 17 94 Q/T/H M+S
2.4
(34.1)
2.8
(39.8)
2.8
(39.8)
3.3
(46.9)
31n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
32n
Opening and closing:
Ke ys 34
Ele ctronic immobilis e r 35
Ce ntral locking s ys te m 36
Doors from outs ide 36
Doors from ins ide 39
Luggage compartme nt lid 40
Re ar window 41
Load are a 43
Alarm s ys te m 44
Sliding/tilting s unroof 47
Adjusting:
Se ats 49
Ste e ring whe e l 52
Mirrors 53
Se at, mirror and s te e ring whe e l
pos ition me mory 55
Safety systems:
Se at be lts 58
Airbags 59
Driving:
Ignition s witch 63
Handbrake 65
Manual ge arbox 66
Automatic trans mis s ion 67
Ste ptronic 69
Turn indicators /he adlamp
flas he r 72
Wipe rs /rain s e ns or 72
He ate d re ar window 75
Cruis e control 75
Everything under control:
Trip dis tance re corde r; outs ide
te mpe rature dis play 77
Ene rgy Control 78
Fue l gauge 78
Che ck Control 80
On-board compute r 83
Technical features for journey
comfort and safety:
Park Dis tance Control (PDC) 85
(EDC) 87
Tyre Pre s s ure Control (RDC) 88
Initial overview
Controls in detail
and general care
Minor repairs
Technical data
Index
33n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
Lights:
Side lights /low-be am (dippe d)
he adlamps 90
He adlight be am angle control 91
High-be am he adlamps /parking
lights 91
Fog lights 92
Inte rior light/load-are a light 92
Re ading lights 93
Controlled-temperature air for
pleasant interior conditions:
Air conditioning 95
Automatic air conditioning 100
Se at he ating 106
Rolle r s un blind 106
Auxiliary ve ntilation control 107
Re mote control for auxiliary
he ate r 108
Practical interior equipment:
Glove box 109
Drink can holde rs 110
As htrays 111
Loading and load carrying:
Ski bag 114
touring:
Load are a 117
Rolle r-blind cove r 117
Ne t in front of load are a 117
Compartme nts in luggage
are a 118
Pull-out load floor 120
Load 121
Roof rack 122
Towing a traile r 123
34nKeys
Key with radio remote control
1 Mas te r ke y with radio re mote control
trans mitte r
2 Spare ke y, to be ke pt in a s afe place ,
for ins tance in a purs e or walle t. This
is a mas te r ke y, but is not inte nde d
for re gular us e
3 Ke y for doors and ignition.
This ke y doe s not ope n the luggage
compartme nt/tailgate or the glove
box this can be us e ful for ins tance
at a hote l or re s taurant with car park-
ing s e rvice .
3
9
0
d
e
3
2
6
Replacement keys
A re place me nt ke y can only be ob-
taine d from BMW Se rvice . Ple as e note
that BMW Se rvice is re quire d to che ck
that you are e ntitle d to orde r s pare
ke ys , s ince the ke ys are part of the car's
s e curity s ys te m (s e e Ele ctronic immobi-
lize r, page 35).
35n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
Electronic immobiliser
The high-security key
The e le ctronic immobilis e r is an addi-
tional me ans of prote cting your BMW
agains t the ft, and ope rate s without you
having to pe rform any s e le ction or ad-
jus ting proce s s e s yours e lf. It e ns ure s
that the e ngine will only s tart if an igni-
tion ke y which the immobilis e r re cog-
nis e s as be longing to the car is us e d.
You can als o as k BMW Se rvice to inval-
idate individual ke ys , for ins tance if the y
are los t. If a ke y has be e n invalidate d,
it can no longe r be us e d to s tart the
e ngine .
3
9
0
d
e
0
1
5
What the electronics system can
do
A s pe cial e le ctronic compone nt is inte -
grate d into the ke y. The ve hicle 's e le c-
tronics e xchange cons tantly update d
s ignals , which are individualize d for
e ve ry ve hicle , be twe e n the ignition
s witch and the e le ctronic compone nts
in the ke y. The ignition, fue l s upply and
s tarte r motor are only re le as e d once the
ke y is ide ntifie d as authoris e d.
The e le ctronics inte grate d into the
ke y are e xpos e d to me chanical
damage . This could pre ve nt you from
s tarting the e ngine .<
36nCentral locking system Doors from outside
The principle
The ce ntral locking s ys te m cannot take
e ffe ct until both front doors are clos e d.
The following are unlocke d and locke d
toge the r:
> Doors
> Trunk lid/tailgate and re ar window*
> Tank flap.
The ce ntral locking s ys te m can be
ope rate d
> from outs ide us ing the door or tail-
gate lock* and by the radio re mote
control
> from ins ide us ing a button.
Whe n ope rate d from the outs ide , the
de adlocks are e ngage d at the s ame
time . It pre ve nts the doors from be ing
unlocke d e ithe r at the s afe ty lock but-
tons or door handle s . The alarm s ys -
te m* is als o activate d or de activate d.
In the e ve nt of a collis ion, the ce ntral
locking s ys te m is re le as e d automati-
cally, but only at doors which we re not
locke d s e parate ly by me ans of the in-
s ide buttons ; s e e page 39. The hazard
warning flas he rs and inte rior light are
als o s witche d on.
Locking and unlocking
Do not lock the car whe n the re is
anyone ins ide it, as it cannot the n
be unlocke d from the ins ide .<
On ce rtain national-marke t ve r-
s ions , the alarm s ys te m can only
be ope rate d from the radio re mote con-
trol. On the s e cars , unlocking with a ke y
trigge rs off the alarm.
To s witch off the alarm: pre s s button 1
(unlock) or turn the ignition ke y to pos i-
tion 1.<
For furthe r de tails of the alarm s ys te m,
s e e page 44.
3
8
0
d
e
0
1
5
Comfort operation
You can als o ope rate windows and the
s liding/tilting s unroof us ing the door
lock.
> To ope n: whe n the door is clos e d,
turn the ke y in the door lock to the re -
le as e pos ition and hold it the re .
> To clos e : whe n the door is clos e d,
turn the ke y to the locking pos ition
and hold it the re .
Watch the clos ing move me nt to
e ns ure that no-one is trappe d. The
move me nt is s toppe d whe n the ke y is
re le as e d.<
Manual operation
if an e le ctrical fault has occurre d
By turning the ke y to the limit pos itions
in the door lock, you can lock and un-
lock the drive r's door.
37n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
Radio remote control
Unlocking
Pre s s button 1.
At the s ame time the de adlocks are re -
le as e d, the alarm s ys te m* de -activate d
and the inte rior light s witche d on.
On ve rs ions for ce rtain marke ts ,
pre s s ing the button once only un-
locks the drive r's door; it mus t be
pre s s e d a s e cond time to re le as e the
re mainde r of the ce ntral locking s ys -
te m.<
If you wis h, you can have this s pe -
cial arrange me nt programme d for
e ach s pe cific re mote control.<
3
9
4
d
e
0
1
3
Convenient opening
You can als o ope n the windows and
s liding/tilting s unroof us ing the re mote
control unit:
Hold button 1 down. Whe n you re le as e
the button, the ope ning proce s s is in-
te rrupte d imme diate ly.
Locking and thiefproofing
Pre s s button 2.
The antithe ft de adlock is s imultane -
ous ly e ngage d and the alarm s ys te m
activate d.
Do not lock the car whe n the re is
s ome one ins ide it, as it cannot
the n be unlocke d from the ins ide .<
Convenient closure
You can als o clos e the windows and
s liding/tilting s unroof us ing the re mote
control unit:
Hold button 2 de pre s s e d. The clos ing
proce dure is inte rrupte d if the button is
re le as e d.
Watch the clos ing move me nt to
e ns ure that no-one is trappe d. The
clos ing proce dure is inte rrupte d if the
button is re le as e d.<
On cars with an alarm s ys te m (s e e
page 44): if the conve nie nt clos ure
move me nt is inte rrupte d, the car mus t
be unlocke d again with button 1 be fore
conve nie nt clos ure is unde rtake n again.
Failing this , the tilt alarm s e ns or and in-
te rior move me nt de te ctor will be out of
action.<
Switching on the interior lighting
If the car is locke d, pre s s button 2.
Subje ct to the re mote control's range ,
this function can be us e d to locate your
car on a large car park, for e xample .
Switching off tilt alarm sensor
Brie fly pre s s button 2 again afte r lock-
ing the car.
This als o s witche s off the alarm s ys -
te m's inte rior move me nt de te cting
function (s e e page 44).
LED (light-e mitting diode ) 3 come s
on brie fly whe n any button is
pre s s e d. Ce rtain s ymbols on the radio
re mote control may diffe r from thos e il-
lus trate d he re .<
38nRadio remote control
Opening luggage compartment/
tailgate
Pre s s button 4.
The boot lid/tailgate ope ns s lightly,
re gardle s s of whe the r it was pre vious ly
locke d or unlocke d.
3
9
4
d
e
0
1
3
Master keys
Ke ys with a radio re mote control trans -
mitte r are mas te r ke ys .
Apart from "Switch on inte rior light" and
"Ope n boot lid/tailgate ", all radio re -
mote control functions can als o be op-
e rate d with the ke y in the drive r's door
lock or the boot lid/tailgate lock.
The front pas s e nge r's door has no out-
s ide lock, in orde r to re duce the ris k of
the ft.
To s witch off the alarm: Pre s s button 1
tion 1.<
Note that childre n could lock the
doors from the ins ide if the y are
alone in the car. Always take the car
ke ys with you s o that the car can be
ope ne d from the outs ide .<
Interference
The radio re mote control may be s us -
ce ptible to local inte rfe re nce from othe r
s ys te ms or e quipme nt ope rating on the
s ame fre que ncy.
39n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
Doors from inside
This button is us e d to ope rate the ce n-
tral locking s ys te m whe n the front doors
are clos e d. This only unlocks or locks
the doors , luggage compartme nt lid/
window and fue l fille r flap it doe s not
activate the burglar alarm for the m.
If you wis h, the ce ntral locking
s ys te m can be s e t to e ngage as
s oon as the car is drive n away. You can
have this s e tting programme d as part of
the Ke y Me mory facility.<
3
9
0
d
e
0
1
6
Unlocking and opening
> Eithe r us e the ce ntral locking button
to unlock all doors at once , the n pull
the door handle above the armre s t, or
> Pull the door handle out twice at any
door: the firs t pull will unlock the
door, the s e cond pull will ope n it.
Locking
> Eithe r lock all doors at the ce ntral
locking pus hbutton, or
> Pre s s the door s afe ty buttons down.
To avoid be ing s hut out of the car ac-
cide ntally, the drive r's door cannot be
locke d with the s afe ty button whe n it
is ope n.
Do not lock the doors with the
s afe ty buttons during the journe y,
or e ls e the ce ntral locking s ys te m will
not be re le as e d in the e ve nt of an acci-
de nt.
Note that childre n could lock the doors
from the ins ide if the y are alone in the
car. Always take the ke y with you, s o
that the car can be ope ne d from the
outs ide .<
40nLuggage compartment lid
Lock saloon only
Only the ce ntral ke ys (s e e page 34) fit
the boot lid lock.
3
9
4
d
e
0
1
7
Locking separately
Turn the mas te r ke y to the right pas t the
pre s s ure point and take it out whe n hor-
izontal.
This locks the luggage compartme nt
and dis conne cts it from the ce ntral
locking s ys te m. If you the n hand ove r
only door and ignition ke y 3 (s e e
page 34), the boot lid cannot be
ope ne d. This e xtra s e curity can be
us e ful, for ins tance , whe n arriving at a
hote l.
3
9
4
d
e
0
6
4
Opening from outside
Pre s s the button (arrow): the boot lid
ope ns s lightly.
The boot or luggage are a is lit whe n you
ope n the boot lid/tailgate (als o re fe r to
page 92).
Manual operation
if an e le ctrical fault has occurre d
Saloon:
Ins e rt a mas te r ke y into the luggage
compartme nt lid lock and turn fully to
the le ft the lid will ope n s lightly.
The luggage compartme nt is locke d
again as s oon as its lid is clos e d.
touring: Se e page 195.
3
9
4
d
e
0
0
9
41n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
Luggage compartment lid
Opening from inside car
With this button, you can ope n the lug-
gage compartme nt lid or tailgate while
the ve hicle is s tationary, provide d it is
not de adlocke d.
3
9
0
d
e
3
2
4
Rear window touring
It is quick and e as y to load and unload
s mall ite ms if the re ar window can be
ope ne d s e parate ly.
Pre s s the button (arrow): the re ar win-
dow ope ns s lightly. It can be s wung up-
wards .
To clos e the window, pre s s down on
the glas s .
Prote ct the window if it is like ly to
be s truck by s harp-pointe d or
s harp-e dge d obje cts on the load are a
during the journe y; this is to pre ve nt
damage to the re ar-window he ating e l-
e me nts .<
3
9
2
d
e
1
5
9
Closing saloon
A re ce s s e d handle (arrow) ne xt to the
lock me chanis m make s it e as ie r to pull
the lid down.
3
9
4
d
e
1
2
8
42nLuggage compartment lid
Closing touring
You can pull the tailgate down with both
hands if re quire d (arrows ) at the re -
ce s s e d handle s provide d.
To clos e the tailgate , pre s s it down only
lightly. The actual clos ing action is au-
tomatic.
To avoid injurie s , as with any clos -
ing proce s s , e ns ure that the clos -
ing are a of the boot lid/tailgate is unob-
s tructe d.<
Whe n the tailgate on the touring is
ope n, the tip of the tailgate is
more than two me tre s off the ground.
Ple as e note this if, for ins tance , you are
ope ning the tailgate in a garage .<
3
9
2
d
e
1
6
0
If pos s ible , drive only with the tail-
gate and re ar window fully clos e d,
to pre ve nt e xhaus t gas e s from e nte ring
the pas s e nge r compartme nt. If you are
oblige d to drive the car with the lid, tail-
gate or re ar window ope n:
> Clos e all othe r windows and the s un-
roof
> Incre as e the volume of air in the he at-
ing and ve ntilation s ys te m or the air
conditione r, re fe r to page 94 or 100.<
43n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
Load area
Tensioning straps
Us e the te ns ioning s traps on the floor of
the load are a to pre ve nt s mall obje cts
from s lipping.
If you place obje cts on the las hing
s traps , the y form a non-s lip bas e .
The re are las hing points at the corne rs
of the load are a to which a load are a
ne t* or re taining s traps can be attache d
whe n loads have to be s e cure d.
Se e als o unde r "Loading", page 121.
3
9
4
d
e
3
0
2
Hanger*
The re is a hook on the le ft in the load
are a for hanging up carrie r bags or s im-
ilar.
3
9
4
d
e
1
4
4
44nAlarm system*
The alarm s ys te m re acts if:
> a door, the e ngine compartme nt, the
load are a or load are a or the re ar win-
dow are ope ne d
> the re is any move me nt ins ide the car
(inte rior move me nt de te ctor)
> the re is a change in the car's attitude ,
for ins tance if it is jacke d up to re -
move a whe e l or if it is towe d away
> the re is an inte rruption in the powe r
s upply from the batte ry.
De pe nding on the national-marke t ve r-
s ion of the car, the alarm s ys te m indi-
cate s unauthoris e d e ntry or tampe ring
in diffe re nt ways :
> 30-s e cond acous tic alarm
> Switching on the hazard warning
flas he rs for approx. 5 minute s *.
Activating and de-activating
Whe ne ve r the car is locke d or un-
locke d, whe the r at a lock or with the re -
mote control, the alarm s ys te m is acti-
vate d or de -activate d at the s ame time .
The inte rior move me nt de te ctor is acti-
vate d about 30 s e conds afte r the las t
locking action.
If the alarm s ys te m has be e n activate d
corre ctly, the hazard warning flas he rs
come on once *.
Eve n whe n the s ys te m has be e n acti-
vate d, you can ope n the lid/tailgate by
pre s s ing button 4 on the radio re mote
control. As s oon as the lid/tailgate is
clos e d again, it is locke d.
To s witch off the alarm: pre s s button 1
tion 1.<
Alarm system telltale
> If the te lltale lamp unde r the ins ide
mirror flas he s s te adily: the s ys te m is
activate d.
> If the te lltale flas he s whe n the s ys te m
is be ing activate d: not all doors , lids
or the re ar window are prope rly
clos e d. Eve n if an ite m is not clos e d
fully, the re maining ite ms are pro-
te cte d and the te lltale lamp be gins to
flas h s te adily afte r 10 s e conds . How-
e ve r, the inte rior move me nt de te ctor
is not activate d.
> If the te lltale goe s out whe n the s ys -
te m is de -activate d, no atte mpt was
made to tampe r with the car during
your abs e nce .
3
9
0
d
e
0
2
0
45n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
Alarm system*
> If the te lltale flas he s for 10 s e conds
whe n the s ys te m is de -activate d, an
atte mpt was made to tampe r with the
car.
Afte r the alarm has s toppe d, the te lltale
once again flas he s inte rmitte ntly.
Tilt sensor
The tilt alarm s e ns or and the inte rior
move me nt de te ctor can be s witche d off
toge the r. This pre ve nts the alarm from
be ing trigge re d off whe n not wante d,
for ins tance in two-le ve l garage parking
or whe n trave lling on a car train or fe rry:
Pe rform the locking move me nt (acti-
vate ) twice , by pre s s ing button 2 on the
radio re mote control twice in s ucce s -
s ion, or re pe ating the locking move -
me nt with the ke y.
The te lltale come s on brie fly, the n
flas he s continuous ly. The tilt alarm s e n-
s or and inte rior move me nt de te ctor are
the n s witche d off until the s ys te m is de -
activate d again.
Interior movement detector
The illus tration s hows the inte rior move -
me nt de te ctor's trans mitte r and re -
ce ive r.
Be fore the inte rior move me nt de te ctor
can ope rate corre ctly, the windows and
s unroof mus t be clos e d.
Howe ve r, s witch the inte rior move me nt
de te ctor off (s e e unde r "Tilt alarm s e n-
s or" in pre vious column) if
> childre n or animals re main in the car
> a window or the s unroof is to re main
ope n.
3
9
0
d
e
1
5
3
The tilt alarm s e ns or and inte rior
move me nt de te ctor will be
s witche d off inadve rte ntly if the con-
ve nie nt clos ure move me nt of the win-
dows and s unroof is inte rrupte d and re -
s tarte d within the firs t 10 s e conds . In
this cas e the comple te s ys te m mus t be
de -activate d and re -activate d.<
46nElectric windows
Opening and closing windows
From ignition ke y pos ition 1:
> Pre s s the rocke r s witch in until the
pre s s ure point is fe lt:
the window continue s to move for as
long as the rocke r s witch is pre s s e d.
> Pre s s the toggle s witch ove r be yond
the pre s s ure point:
the window the n continue s to move
automatically.
Pre s s the s witch brie fly again to halt
the move me nt.
3
9
0
d
e
0
5
5
Afte r the ignition is s witche d off:
> You can s till ope rate the e le ctric win-
dows for up to 15 minute s , unle s s a
front door was ope ne d and clos e d
again. To ope n, pre s s the rocke r
s witch be yond the normal de te nt
point.
Whe n le aving the car, always take
out the ignition ke y and clos e the
doors , s o that childre n cannot ope rate
the e le ctric windows and pos s ibly injure
the ms e lve s .<
For de tails of comfort ope ration us ing
the door lock and/or the radio re mote
control unit, re fe r to page 36 or 37.
Protective function
The re is a contact s trip on the ins ide of
e ach window s urround, at the top. If it is
compre s s e d as the window clos e s , the
clos ing action is inte rrupte d imme di-
ate ly and the window re -ope ns s lightly.
De s pite this prote ctive function,
make s ure that the window is not
obs tructe d as it clos e s ; if this pre cau-
tion is not take n, the ris k re mains that
thin obje cts , for ins tance , may not actu-
ate the contact s trip corre ctly.
The prote ctive function is s witche d off
by pre s s ing the s witch be yond its nor-
mal pre s s ure point and holding it
the re .<
47n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
Electric windows Sliding/tilting sunroof*
Safety switch
This pre ve nts the e le ctric re ar s ide win-
dows from be ing ope ne d and clos e d at
the s witche s on the re ar doors , for in-
s tance by childre n.
Always pre s s the childproof s afe ty
s witch whe n carrying childre n on
the re ar s e at. Care le s s clos ure of e le c-
tric windows can caus e injury.<
3
9
0
d
e
1
3
1
Always clos e the s liding/tilting
s unroof care fully, s o that injurie s
are avoide d.
Whe n le aving the car, always take out
the ignition ke y and clos e the doors , s o
that childre n cannot ope rate the e le ctric
windows and pos s ibly injure the m-
s e lve s .<
Low air pre s s ure or draughts ins ide the
car whe n the s unroof is s lid back or
tilte d up can be avoide d by ke e ping the
ve ntilation outle ts on the fas cia ope n
and incre as ing the airflow if ne ce s s ary.
Se e page 96, 103.
For de tails of comfort ope ration us ing
the door lock and/or the radio re mote
control unit, re fe r to page 36 or 37.
Raising opening closing
From ignition ke y s e tting 1, pre s s down
the s witch and/or s lide in the de s ire d
dire ction up to the pre s s ure point.
Whe n be ing rais e d, the roof lining only
re tracts a fe w ce ntime tre s .
You can ope rate the e le ctric s unroof for
up to 15 minute s afte r s witching off the
ignition, provide d that a front door has
not be e n ope ne d and clos e d again in
the me antime .
Automatic* opening and closing
Pre s s the button and hold down be yond
the pre s s ure point.
Furthe rmore , the following move me nts
are automate d:
3
9
0
d
e
3
2
7
48nSliding/tilting sunroof*
> Whe n the roof is ope n, pre s s the
s witch in the "Rais e " dire ction: the
roof move s to the limit pos ition for
"Rais ing".
> Whe n the roof is rais e d, pre s s the
s witch towards "Ope ning": the s un-
roof pane l move s to the fully ope n
pos ition.
Pre s s ing the s witch s tops this move -
me nt.
Protective function
If the s liding/tilting s unroof e ncounte rs
re s is tance whe n clos ing with the roof
roughly half clos e d, the clos ing ope ra-
tion is inte rrupte d and the roof re -ope ns
s lightly.
De s pite this prote ctive function,
make s ure that the roof is not ob-
s tructe d as it clos e s ; if this pre caution is
not take n, the ris k re mains that thin ob-
je cts , for ins tance , may not actuate the
clos ing-force limite r corre ctly.
The prote ctive function is s witche d off
by pre s s ing the s witch be yond its nor-
mal pre s s ure point and holding it
the re .<
Sunroof with glass panel*
Ope ration and function are as de -
s cribe d above for the conve ntional s lid-
ing/tilting s unroof. To ope n the roof
from the rais e d pos ition, hold the s witch
in the ope ning dire ction until the roof
has re ache d the de s ire d pos ition.
Whe n the roof pane l is rais e d, the s lid-
ing trim is pus he d back s lightly; whe n
the roof is s lid ope n, it move s with the
roof pane l. It re mains in the ope n pos i-
tion and can be move d to a ne w pos i-
tion whe ne ve r re quire d.
Power supply failed or interrupted
Afte r the powe r s upply has be e n inte r-
rupte d (e .g. by dis conne cting the bat-
te ry), it is only pos s ible to tilt up the
s unroof pane l initially. To re s tore its full
range of functions :
1 Move the s liding/tilting roof to the
fully rais e d pos ition
2 Hold the s witch down for approx.
20 s e conds .
If the re is an e le ctrical de fe ct, the s lid-
ing/tilting s unroof can be ope rate d
manually, s e e page 194.
3
9
0
d
e
3
2
8
49n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
For your own pe rs onal s afe ty, ple as e
note the following pre cautions whe n
adjus ting the s e at pos ition:
Do not re pos ition the drive r's s e at
while the car is in motion. Othe r-
wis e an une xpe cte d s e at move me nt
could caus e the drive r to los e control of
the car and le ad to an accide nt.
The s e at be lt s hould pas s as clos e ly as
pos s ible ove r the we are r's body. In the
e ve nt of a he ad-on collis ion, the lap be lt
could othe rwis e s lide ove r the hips and
injure the lowe r part of the body. In ad-
dition, the re s training e ffe ct is re duce d
if the s e at be lt is s lack agains t the
we are r's body.
Do not re cline the s e at back too far
whe n the car is be ing drive n (this ap-
plie s in particular to the front pas s e n-
ge r), or the re will be a ris k of "s ubmarin-
ing" unde r the s e at be lt, s o that the be lt
los e s its full prote ctive e ffe ct.
Do not s lide the s e ats to the re ar if the
car is incline d at an angle (for ins tance a
garage ramp or a s lope ). This could
le ad to the automatic s e at be lt he ight
adjus te r be coming dis conne cte d.<
1 Forward/back
Pull the le ve r up and s lide the s e at to
the pre fe rre d pos ition.
Afte r re le as ing the le ve r, s lide the
s e at backwards or forwards ve ry
s lightly until e ngage s corre ctly
2 He ight
Pull up the le ve r and apply your
we ight to the s e at or allow it to ris e
3
8
0
d
e
0
2
1
3 Se at back
Pull the le ve r and e ithe r apply your
we ight to the s e at back, or le an for-
ward to re lie ve it of load
4 Se at angle (drive r's s e at only)
Pull the le ve r up and move the s e at to
the de s ire d angle .
3
8
0
d
e
0
2
2
Seats, adjusting Manual seat adjustment
50nManual seat adjustment BMW Sport seat*
Correct seated position
To re lie ve the load on the dis cs of the
s pine , s it we ll back in the s e at with your
back re s ting firmly agains t the s e at
back.
The ide al pos ition is whe n the he ad is
a s traight-line e xte ns ion of the s pinal
column.
On long journe ys the s e at back can be
re cline d re arwards to a s lightly gre ate r
angle , in orde r to re duce mus cle s train.
You s hould s till be able to re ach the
highe s t point on the s te e ring whe e l with
the arms s lightly be nt.
Lumbar support*
Se e BMW Comfort s e at, ne xt page .
Head restraints
To adjus t he ight: pull out or pus h in.
Adjus ting front he ad re s traint angle :
s wing forwards or back.
He ad re s traints re duce the ris k of
ne ck injurie s in the e ve nt of an ac-
cide nt.
The he ad re s traint s hould the re fore be
pos itione d with its ce ntre at approxi-
mate ly the s ame he ight as the e ars of
the s e at's occupant.
The ce ntre re ar he ad re s traint s hould
be le ft fully re tracte d; if it is pulle d out
more than a ve ry s hort dis tance , it will
not function corre ctly.<
3
9
0
d
e
0
6
5
Manual
On this s e at, the thigh s upport are a can
als o be adjus te d:
Pull the le ve r and move the thigh s e c-
tion until it provide s the ne ce s s ary s up-
port.
The angle of the pas s e nge r's s e at can
als o be adjus te d.
3
9
0
d
e
1
3
7
51n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
Electrically adjusted seat* BMW Comfort seat*
1 Angle
2 Forward/back
3 He ight
4 Se at back
5 He ad re s traint he ight
Tilt the he ad re s traint to alte r its angle .
Comply with the adjus ting ins truc-
tions on page 49, or the re may be
a ris k to your pe rs onal s afe ty.<
3
8
0
d
e
0
2
3
This s e at has additional lumbar and
s houlde r s upport s e ttings .
1 Lumbar support
> Pus h the s witch forward or back: the
curvature is incre as e d or de cre as e d.
> Pre s s the s witch at top or bottom:
curvature move s up or down.
The s e at back contour can be alte re d to
provide more s upport to the curve d
(lumbar) s e ction of the s pine .
The uppe r e dge of the pe lvis and the
s pinal column are s upporte d, to e n-
courage an upright but re laxe d s e ate d
pos ition.
3
8
0
d
e
0
2
4
2 Shoulder support
Pre s s the s witch: the angle of the uppe r
part of the s e at back change s .
The adjus table uppe r s e ction of the
s e at back s upports the s houlde r are a of
the s e at occupant's body. It e nable s a
re laxe d s e at pos ition to be found and
re duce s the load on the s houlde r mus -
cle s .
To obtain the re comme nde d optimum
s e ttings :
Drive r's and front pas s e nge r's s ide :
1 Tilt the uppe r part of the s e at back
fully to the re ar
2 Adjus t to the mos t s uitable pos ition,
as de s cribe d on page 50
3 Tilt the uppe r s e ction of the s e at back
forwards until ade quate s houlde r
s upport is obtaine d.
3
8
0
d
e
0
2
4
52nBMW Comfort seat* BMW Sport seat* Adjusting steering wheel
Pas s e nge r's s e at in re s t pos ition:
1 Tilt the uppe r part of the s e at back
fully to the re ar
2 Se t the s e at angle to a s lightly more
upright pos ition
3 Re cline the s e at back s lightly more to
the re ar
4 Tilt the uppe r s e ction of the s e at back
furthe r forwards .
Corre ct the forward/back pos ition
of the s e at if ne ce s s ary to e ns ure
that the s e at be lt s till pas s e s clos e ly
ove r the we are r's body, othe rwis e the
be lt's prote ctive action may be af-
fe cte d.<
3
8
0
d
e
0
6
4
Electric
This s e at has e le ctric thigh s upport
adjus tme nt.
To ope rate it, pre s s the s witch.
3
9
0
d
e
3
7
1
Manual
1 Swing out the clamp le ve r
2 Move the s te e ring whe e l to the pre -
fe rre d re ach and angle to s uit your
s e ate d pos ition
3 Fold the le ve r back in to clamp the
s te e ring column in the ne w pos ition.
Do not adjus t the s te e ring whe e l
pos ition while the ve hicle is in mo-
tion, othe rwis e an accide nt may re s ult
from any une xpe cte d move me nt.<
3
9
0
d
e
0
2
7
53n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
Adjusting steering wheel Mirrors
Electrical*
The s te e ring whe e l can be re pos itione d
in four dire ctions , corre s ponding to the
le ve r move me nts .
Do not adjus t the s te e ring whe e l
pos ition while the ve hicle is in mo-
tion, othe rwis e an accide nt may re s ult
from any une xpe cte d move me nt.<
To me moris e s te e ring whe e l pos ition,
s e e "s e at, mirror and s te e ring whe e l
pos ition me mory", page 55.
3
9
0
d
e
0
2
8
Automatic steering wheel
adjustment
(only in conjunction with s e at, mirror
and s te e ring whe e l me mory*)
To make it e as ie r to ge t in and out of
the drive r's s e at, the s te e ring whe e l au-
tomatically ris e s into its uppe rmos t po-
s ition be fore re turning to the driving po-
s ition (me mory).
This automatic s ys te m re s ponds to the
ignition ke y s e tting and the drive r's
door.
Outside mirrors
1 Switch for adjus tme nt in all four
dire ctions
2 Change ove r s witch for mirror on
othe r s ide of car
3 Button for folding the mirrors in and
out (only with automatic-dip outs ide
mirrors * s e e page 55).
Pre s s the button once to fold the mirrors
in, and again to fold the m out. This can,
for e xample , be us e ful in car was he s ,
narrow s tre e ts or to re s e t a mirror to the
corre ct pos ition if it was pre vious ly
folde d forwards .
The mirrors can be folde d in at a
road s pe e d up to 10 km/h (approx.
6 mph).<
3
9
0
d
e
0
2
9
54nMirrors
The mirrors can als o be adjus te d manu-
ally by pre s s ing the e dge of the glas s .
To me moris e mirror pos itions , s e e
"s e at, mirror and s te e ring whe e l pos i-
tion me mory", page 55.
The oute r, as phe rically curve d* s e ction
of the mirror dis plays a large r fie ld of
vie w, though s lightly dis torte d, than the
inne r, conve x* s e ction. In this way, the
vie w to the re ar is e xte nde d and the
blind s pot is re duce d in s ize .
The mirror on the pas s e nge r's
s ide is more conve x than the mir-
ror on the drive r's s ide , and the re fore
re fle cte d obje cts are clos e r than the y
appe ar. It may be difficult to e s timate
the pre cis e dis tance at which anothe r
ve hicle is following your car. The s ame
applie s to the as phe rical oute r s e ction
of the mirrors .<
Electric mirror heating
Both mirrors are he ate d automatically in
ignition ke y pos ition 2.
Inside mirror
To re duce glare from following ve hicle s
afte r dark, tilt the mirror image by mov-
ing the s mall le ve r.
Illuminated make-up mirror*
Fold the s un vis or down and s lide the
mirror cove r (if fitte d) s ide ways .
The mirrors are illuminate d from ignition
ke y pos ition 1 on.
Sun visors
The s un vis ors can als o be pivote d to
the s ide , agains t the door windows .
3
9
0
d
e
0
3
0
Interor mirror, automatic
anti-glare*
This mirror dims automatically and
s te ple s s ly in accordance with the inte n-
s ity of the light re ce ive d (ambie nt light
and the e ffe ct of glare from he adlamps ).
The mirror s witche s automatically to the
cle ar, non-dimme d pos ition whe n the
drive r e ngage s re ve rs e ge ar or s e le cts
R.
To e ns ure that the mirror always func-
tions corre ctly, ke e p the two photo-
ce lls cle an and unobs tructe d. One
photo-ce ll (arrow) is in the mirror glas s ,
the othe r is s lightly offs e t on the back of
the mirror.
For de tails of the e le ctrochromic mirror
principle , re fe r to page 205.
3
9
0
d
e
0
3
1
55n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
Mirrors Seat, mirror and steering wheel position memory*
Automatic-dip outside mirrors*
The s e mirrors can be folde d in or out at
button 3 (s e e page 53). The y have the
s ame automatic-dip action as the ins ide
mirror.
You can me moris e and call up thre e dif-
fe re nt drive r's s e at, outs ide mirror and
(with an e le ctrically adjus table s te e ring
whe e l) s te e ring whe e l pos itions . The
picture s hows the buttons on the
drive r's door.
The s e tting of the lumbar s upport
is not re corde d in the me mory.<
Memorising
1 Ignition ke y in pos ition 1 or 2
2 Se le ct the de s ire d s e at, outs ide mir-
ror and s te e ring whe e l pos itions
3 Pre s s the MEMORY button: the te ll-
tale lamp in the s witch come s on
4 Pre s s me mory button 1, 2 or 3: the
te lltale lamp goe s out.
3
9
0
d
e
0
3
2
Calling up
Drive r's door ope n afte r be ing un-
locke d, or ignition ke y in pos ition 1:
> Pre s s the appropriate me mory button
1, 2 or 3 brie fly.
The pos itioning move me nt is inte r-
rupte d imme diate ly if you ope rate a
s e at adjus tme nt s witch or one of the
me mory buttons .
With the drive r's door clos e d and the
ignition ke y e ithe r re move d or in pos i-
tion 0 or 2:
> Pre s s me mory button 1, 2 or 3 until
the adjus ting proce dure has be e n
comple te d.
If the MEMORY button was pre s s e d
accide ntally: pre s s it again; the te lltale
goe s out.
Do not call up the me mory while
the car is in motion, othe rwis e an
une xpe cte d s e at or s te e ring whe e l
move me nt may caus e an accide nt.<
56nSeat, mirror and steering wheel position memory*
You can have your car pro-
gramme d s o that whe n it is un-
locke d with your own pe rs onal re mote -
control ke y your pre fe rre d s e at, mirror
and s te e ring whe e l pos itions are ob-
taine d automatically.<
If you us e this s e tting, make s ure
be fore unlocking that the footwe ll
be hind the drive r's s e at is unobs tructe d.
Othe rwis e damage could be caus e d if
the s e at move s back automatically to
the pre vious ly s e le cte d pos ition.<
Passenger's side mirror tilt-down
(parking pos ition)
1 Move the mirror change ove r s witch
(arrow) to the "Drive r's mirror" pos i-
tion
2 Whe n re ve rs e ge ar (or automatic
trans mis s ion s e le ctor le ve r pos ition R)
is s e le cte d, The drive r can the n s e e
the ground clos e to the car (for in-
s tance , the e dge of the ke rb).
This automatic function can be s witche d
off if not re quire d: move the mirror
change ove r s witch to the pas s e nge r's
s ide mirror pos ition.
3
9
0
d
e
1
4
7
57n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
Car Memory, Key Memory
How it works
You may ofte n have wis he d that you
could modify the ope ration of ce rtain
fe ature s of your car to s uit your own in-
dividual pre fe re nce s . Whe n de ve loping
the car, BMW the re fore "de s igne d in" a
numbe r of fre e ly programmable options
for the car, which BMW Se rvice will
gladly adjus t as you wis h.
The re are "Car Me mory" and "Ke y
Me mory" s e ttings , the forme r re lating to
the car its e lf, the latte r to your pe rs onal
re quire me nts . You can have up to four
s e ts of bas ic s e ttings programme d for
two diffe re nt pe rs ons . This pre s up-
pos e s that e ach pe rs on has his or he r
own re mote control ke y. By me ans of
data e xchange with the ke y, the car
ide ntifie s the us e r whe n the car is un-
locke d and pe rforms the ne ce s s ary ad-
jus tme nts .
3
9
0
d
e
3
2
9
Coloure d adhe s ive labe ls are s upplie d
with the ke ys s o that the y can be ide nti-
fie d by the us e rs .
What can be selected
BMW Se rvice will gladly inform you of
the facilitie s available with Car Me mory
and Ke y Me mory.
At the appropriate points in this
Owne r's Handbook you will find
this s ymbol, as an indication that s pe -
cial s e ttings as de s cribe d above are
available .<
An e xample of Ke y Me mory is the auto-
matic re pos itioning of the e le ctrically
adjus te d drive r's s e at for the inte nding
us e r e ach time the car is unlocke d.
58n
We ar the s e at be lts whe ne ve r the car is
drive n.
To fas te n: the s e at be lt buckle mus t be
he ard to e ngage .
To ope n: pre s s the re d re le as e button
on the be lt buckle and guide the be lt
back if ne ce s s ary to re inforce the action
of the automatic re e l.
As the s e at is move d forwards and
back, the uppe r be lt loop is automati-
cally adjus te d to the we are r's s ize .
The two s e at be lt buckle s inte grate d
into the re ar s e at are inte nde d for the
le ft and right s e at occupants . The
buckle marke d "CENTER" is only to be
us e d by a pe rs on occupying the ce nte r
re ar s e at.
3
9
0
d
e
0
3
3
Comply with the following ins truc-
tions conce rning the we aring of
s e at be lts in orde r to avoid any adve rs e
e ffe cts on pe rs onal s afe ty or re duction
in the be lt's prote ctive function. The s e
ins tructions als o apply to pas s e nge rs in
the car. Ne ve r re s train more than one
pe rs on with e ach s e at be lt. Babie s or
s mall childre n mus t not trave l on the lap
of anothe r occupant.
The be lts s hould not be twis te d and
mus t run firmly acros s the pe lvis and
s houlde r. The y s hould not pas s ove r
hard or fragile obje cts in your pocke ts .
It s hould not pas s ove r any s harp, s olid
or bre akable obje cts in pocke ts e tc.
The s e at be lt mus t not run acros s the
we are r's ne ck, nor s hould it be trappe d
or abrade d by coming into contact with
s harp e dge s or obje cts .
The s e at be lt s hould always be worn as
clos e to the s e at occupant's body as
pos s ible . If pos s ible , avoid bulky cloth-
ing and re me mbe r to taute n the be lt fre -
que ntly whe re it runs ove r the s houlde r.
In the e ve nt of a he ad-on collis ion, the
lap be lt could othe rwis e s lide ove r the
hips and injure the lowe r part of the
body. In addition, the re s training e ffe ct
is re duce d if the s e at be lt is s lack
agains t the we are r's body. Pre gnant
wome n s hould als o we ar the s e at be lt,
making s ure that the lap s trap is we ll
down on the hips and doe s not pre s s
on the abdominal re gion of the body.<
For care of s e at be lts , s e e page 167.
Saloon with through-load s ys te m*:
ple as e note the ins tructions for the
ce ntre re ar s e at be lt on page 113.
touring: If the ce ntre be lt cannot be
pulle d out, the large r s e ction of the re ar
s e at back is not prope rly locke d into po-
s ition; s e e page 117.<
If e xpos e d to s e ve re loads in an
accide nt, or if the be lt s ys te m in-
cluding the buckle te ns ione r and any
child re s traint s ys te ms * ins talle d in the
car have be e n damage d, BMW Se rvice
s hould re ne w the m and che ck the be lt
anchorage s .<
Seat belts
59n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
Airbags
1 Front airbags for the drive r and front
pas s e nge r
2 He ad airbags (front)
3 Side airbags (front and at re ar*)
Protective effect
The front airbags prote ct the occupants
of the front s e ats in the e ve nt of a he ad-
on collis ion, whe re the re s training e ffe ct
of the s e at be lts alone would no longe r
be ade quate . The he ad and s ide air-
bags provide prote ction in the e ve nt
of a s ide -on collis ion. The s ide airbag
which inflate s has the e ffe ct of s upport-
ing the uppe r body from the s ide .
3
8
0
d
e
6
4
7
The picture s hows the main dire ctions
of impact to which the airbags re s pond.
3
9
0
d
e
1
4
2
Telltale light
The te lltale lamp confirms that
the airbag s ys te m is re ady to
ope rate (from ignition ke y pos i-
tion 1 onwards ).
Sys te m ope rational:
> The te lltale lamp come s on brie fly
and the n goe s out.
Sys te m de fe ctive :
> The te lltale lamp doe s not come on,
or
> the te lltale come s on brie fly, goe s out
brie fly and the n come s on again.
If the re is a s ys te m fault, the re is a ris k
that it will not be trigge re d off e ve n if a
s ufficie ntly s e ve re accide nt occurs
within the airbag range .
Ple as e have it che cke d by BMW Se rv-
ice without de lay.
60nAirbags
Note the following ins tructions
conce rning airbags , in orde r to
e ns ure that pe rs onal s afe ty is not re -
s tricte d or the airbags 's prote ctive func-
tion adve rs e ly affe cte d. The s e ins truc-
tions als o apply to pas s e nge rs in the
car.
Always fas te n your s e at be lt on e ve ry
journe y, de s pite the pre s e nce of an air-
bag: the airbags are an additional s afe ty
fe ature , not a s ubs titute . The airbags
are not trigge re d off in minor accide nts ,
nor if the car rolls ove r or is s truck from
the re ar. In s uch circums tance s the s e at
be lt provide s optimum prote ction.
Choos e a s e ate d pos ition that is com-
fortable but als o at the maximum pos s i-
ble dis tance from the s te e ring whe e l or
fas cia and door.
Always grip the s te e ring whe e l on the
rim othe rwis e you may s uffe r hand and
arm injurie s whe n the airbag is trig-
ge re d. No obje cts s hould be he ld or
allowe d to re s t be twe e n the airbag and
s e at occupant.
The cove r of the front pas s e nge r's air-
bag s hould not be us e d as a s torage
tray.
Do not us e adhe s ive on, cove r ove r or
othe rwis e modify the uphols te re d cov-
e rs on the s te e ring whe e l, the das h-
board, the s ide pane ls on front and re ar
doors and the roof s truts , nor the s ide s
of the roof line rs .
Ne ve r ins tall child re s traint s ys te ms on
the front pas s e nge r's s e at. Childre n
unde r 12 and thos e who are s malle r
than 1.50 m (4 ft 11 in) s hould trave l on
the re ar s e ats and may be re quire d to
do s o by law.
Whe n s ide airbags are fitte d for back
s e at pas s e nge rs , e ns ure that child
s e ats are corre ctly mounte d as far as
pos s ible from the doors . Do not allow
childre n to le an out of the s e at towards
the door, as this could re s ult in cons id-
e rable injury in the e ve nt of the airbags
be ing trigge re d.<
Eve n if all the s e ins tructions are com-
plie d with, injury to the face , arms or
hands as a re s ult of the airbag inflating
cannot be e ntire ly rule d out, de pe nding
on the circums tance s in which an acci-
de nt occurs . If the car's occupants are
unduly s e ns itive to the ignition and in-
flation nois e ge ne rate d by the airbag
s ys te ms , the ir he aring may be te mpo-
rarily affe cte d.
For furthe r information on the airbag
s ys te m, s e e page s 170 and 203.
61n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
Child restraint systems*
For childre n up to 12 ye ars of age and
le s s than 150 cm (approx. 4 ft 11 in) tall,
s uitable approve d re s traint s ys te ms
may have to be ins talle d; comply with
local re gulations .
Small childre n up to about 18 months
old can be s e cure d with a re ar-facing
re s traint s ys te m on the back s e ats ,
us ing s tandard s e at be lts .
BMW Se rvice can s upply s uitable child
re s traint s ys te ms for e ve ry age group.
Ple as e comply with the note s in the in-
s tallation ins tructions whe n us ing the s e
products .
Do not ins tall child re s traint s ys -
te ms on the front s e at, as injury
could be caus e d if the pas s e nge r's air-
bag is trigge re d off.
In no circums tance s are child re s traint
s ys te ms to be modifie d, as the ir prote c-
tive e ffe ct may othe rwis e be impaire d.<
Integral child's seat*
The s e child's s e ats , in the two oute r re ar
s e at pos itions , s atis fy the le gal re quire -
me nts of ECE Dire ctive R-44 and are
s uitable for childre n be twe e n about 3 g
and 12 ye ars of age (we ighing 15 to
36 kg/33 to 80 lbs ).
For children aged from approx. 18 months
to 3g a ye ars (we ighing be twe e n 9 and
18 kg (20 and 40 lbs ), us e the s e s e ats in
conjunction with the "Comfort" s e at
back and impact-abs orbing table ; the s e
are available from BMW Se rvice .
Unfolding the child's s e at:
Re ach unde r the front of the s e at and
pull it upwards diagonally to the re ar
(arrow). The n pre s s the child's s e at to
the re ar until it e ngage s in pos ition.
3
9
4
d
e
1
4
9
Folding away the child's s e at:
Re le as e by pulling the loop forwards
and down (arrow). The n pre s s down
from the top until the child's s e at e n-
gage s .
Us e the inte gral child's s e ats only
in conjunction with the he ad re -
s traints .
Whe n re pos itioning the car's front
s e ats , make s ure that the child's fe e t
are not trappe d.
Ne ve r le ave childre n in the car on the ir
own e ve n whe n occupying a child's
s e at.<
3
9
4
d
e
1
5
0
62nChild restraint systems* Childproof door locks
Note the s afe ty ins tructions re -
garding s e at be lts on page 58, to
e ns ure that the full prote ctive action of
the be lts is maintaine d.
If damage d or s ubje cte d to s e ve re
loads in an accide nt, have the inte gral
child's s e at (and othe r acce s s orie s if
ne ce s s ary) re ne we d by BMW Se rvice .<
3
9
4
d
e
1
5
2
Ins e rt ke y into s lot on re ar door and turn
outwards :
This door can now only be ope ne d from
the outs ide .
3
9
0
d
e
0
1
9
63n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
0 Steering locked
The ke y can only be ins e rte d and re -
move d in this pos ition.
Afte r re moving the ke y, turn the s te e r-
ing whe e l s lightly if ne ce s s ary until the
s te e ring lock e ngage s .
Automatic trans mis s ion cars : Do
not move the s e le ctor le ve r away
from pos ition P until the e ngine is run-
ning (ignition ke y pos ition 2).
Be fore the ignition ke y can be re turne d
to pos ition 0 or pulle d out, the auto-
matic trans mis s ion s e le ctor le ve r mus t
be move d to pos ition P (inte rlock).<
3
9
0
d
e
0
1
0
1 Steering released
A s light move me nt of the s te e ring whe e l
ofte n make s it e as ie r to turn the ke y in
the ignition from 0 to 1.
Individual powe r cons ume rs can the n
ope rate .
2 Ignition switched on/
BMW 525td/tds, 530d:
preheating
All e le ctrical cons ume rs are re ady to
ope rate .
3 Starting the engine
Before starting
> Apply the handbrake
> Move the ge ar le ve r to ne utral (or
automatic trans mis s ion s e le ctor to
P or N)
> At low te mpe rature s , de pre s s the
clutch pe dal.
Ne ve r run the e ngine in an e n-
clos e d s pace . The e xhaus t gas
contains carbon monoxide , which is
colourle s s and odourle s s , but highly
toxic. Inhaling e xhaus t gas cons titute s a
s e ve re he alth ris k and can le ad to los s
of cons cious ne s s with fatal cons e -
que nce s .
Do not le ave the car unatte nde d with
the e ngine running, as it the n cons ti-
tute s a cons ide rable pote ntial hazard.<
Ignition switch Starting the engine
64nStarting the engine
Cars with spark-ignition engine
> Start the e ngine without de pre s s ing
the acce le rator pe dal.
Allow the s tarte r motor to run for a
re as onable time , but not for more
than about 20 s e conds . As s oon as the
e ngine fire s , re le as e the ignition ke y.
Do not allow the e ngine to warm up at a
s tands till, but drive off as s oon as pos -
s ible , us ing mode rate e ngine s pe e ds .
BMW 535iA, 540iA:
Your BMW is e quippe d with a conve n-
ie nt-s tart s ys te m. It is s ufficie nt to turn
the ignition ke y brie fly to pos ition 3 (to
ope rate the s tarte r motor), the n to re -
le as e it.
The s tarte r the n runs automatically for a
pre de te rmine d pe riod, and cuts out as
s oon as the e ngine has s tarte d.
If the batte ry voltage is low, automatic
s tarting cannot be activate d, or the
function is inte rrupte d. The e ngine can
be jump s tarte d (re fe r to page 196).<
If the e ngine doe s not s tart firs t time , for
ins tance if it is ve ry cold or ve ry hot:
> De pre s s the acce le rator pe dal half-
way while s tarting the e ngine .
Cold s tarts at ve ry low ambie nt te mpe r-
ature s (be low approx. 156) at high
altitude (more than 1000 m above s e a
le ve l):
> On the firs t occas ion, take longe r
ove r the s tarting ope ration (approx.
10 s e conds )
> De pre s s the acce le rator pe dal half-
way while s tarting the e ngine .
Cars with diesel engine
Whe n the e ngine is cold:
> Hold the ignition ke y in pos ition 2 un-
til the pre he at te lltale or dis play goe s
out
> Start the e ngine .
At e xtre me ly low te mpe rature s , the
s tarte r motor may have to be run for
up to 40 s e conds .
Whe n the e ngine is warm:
> The pre he at te lltale or dis play doe s
not come on. Start the e ngine imme -
diate ly.
Move me nt of the acce le rator pe dal has
no influe nce on the s tarting proce s s .
Do not allow the e ngine to warm up at a
s tands till, but drive off as s oon as pos -
s ible , us ing mode rate e ngine s pe e ds .
Ble e ding the the fue l s ys te m:
Eve n if the fue l tank has be e n run dry,
the fue l s ys te m doe s not normally ne e d
to be ble d.
If you ne ve rthe le s s e ncounte r difficul-
tie s in s tarting the e ngine :
> Run the s tarte r motor for approx.
20 s e conds .
65n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
Stopping the engine Handbrake
Turn the ignition ke y back to 1 or 0.
BMW 530d:
Whe n the e ngine is cold, a fue l-burning
auxiliary he ate r is us e d to warm the
car's inte rior more rapidly. Its e xhaus t
fume s are dis charge d unde r the door
s ill on the drive r's s ide .
If the e ngine is s toppe d be fore it has
re ache d its re gular ope rating te mpe ra-
ture , the auxiliary he ate r continue s to
run for a s hort time , and the re fore pro-
duce s e xhaus t fume s .
Ne ve r take out the ignition ke y
whe n the car is s till moving, in
orde r to pre ve nt the s te e ring lock from
e ngaging.
Whe n le aving the car, always re move
the ignition ke y and lock the s te e ring.
Manual-ge arbox cars :
Whe n parking on a s lope , apply the
handbrake , be caus e me re ly e ngaging
firs t or re ve rs e ge ar may not pre ve nt the
car re liably from rolling away.
Automatic trans mis s ion cars :
Se le ct pos ition P.<
Applying
The le ve r e ngage s automatically and
the te lltale in the ins trume nt clus te r
lights up in ignition s e tting 2, re fe r to
page 20.
Releasing
Rais e s lightly, pre s s the knob and move
the le ve r down.
The handbrake is primarily inte nde d for
pre ve nting a s tationary ve hicle from
rolling away, and acts on the re ar
whe e ls .
In e xce ptional cas e s , if the hand-
brake has to be us e d to s low or
s top the car, do not pull the le ve r up too
hard. Ke e p the knob on the le ve r he ld in
all the time .
3
9
0
d
e
0
4
2
Too viole nt an application of the hand-
brake could ove r-brake the re ar whe e ls
and caus e the re ar of the car to s kid.
The brake lights do not come on whe n
the handbrake is applie d.
Manual-ge arbox cars :
Whe n parking on a s lope , apply the
handbrake , be caus e me re ly e ngaging
firs t or re ve rs e ge ar may not pre ve nt the
car re liably from rolling away.
Automatic trans mis s ion cars :
Se le ct pos ition P.<
To avoid corros ion, apply the hand-
brake lightly from time to time whe n
coas ting to a s tands till, for ins tance at
a traffic s ignal, provide d that it is s afe
to do s o.
66nManual gearbox
The ge ar le ve r come s to re s t whe n not
in us e in the 3rd/4th ge ar gate plane
(dot in picture ).
Whe n the le ve r is move d from a forward
or re ve rs e ge ar into ne utral, it is auto-
matically s pring-loade d to re turn to this
plane of the gate .
3
6
0
d
e
0
4
4
BMW 540i
The ge ar le ve r come s to re s t whe n not
in us e in the 3rd/4th ge ar gate plane
(dot in picture ).
Whe n the le ve r is move d from a forward
or re ve rs e ge ar into ne utral, it is auto-
matically s pring-loade d to re turn to this
plane of the gate .
Whe n s e le cting a ge ar in the 5th/
6th ge ar plane , always pre s s the
le ve r to the right, to avoid accide ntally
s e le cting a ge ar in the 3rd/4th plane of
the gate .<
3
8
0
d
e
0
4
4
Reverse
Engage this ge ar only whe n the car is
s tanding s till. Pre s s the ge ar le ve r to the
le ft until s light re s is tance is ove rcome .
The re ve rs ing lamps the n come on au-
tomatically in ignition ke y pos ition 2.
Ne ve r try to pre ve nt the car from
rolling back on an uphill gradie nt
by s lipping the clutch; always apply the
handbrake . A clutch that is allowe d to
s lip will we ar rapidly.<
67n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
Automatic transmission*
Your BMW is e quippe d with Adaptive
Trans mis s ion Control (AGS). It re -
s ponds s e ns itive ly to your individual
driving s tyle and the actual road and
traffic s ituation. Various s hift programs
are us e d for this purpos e .
You will find more de tails on the AGS in
the chapte r he ade d "Te chnical Ite ms of
Inte re s t" on page 202.
3
9
0
d
e
0
4
4
Selector lever positions
P R N D S 3 2
Starting the engine
The e ngine can only be s tarte d in pos i-
tions P or N.
The ge ar dis play diffe rs according to
your car's e quipme nt s pe cification (s e e
picture s ).
3
9
0
d
e
0
4
5
Moving the selector lever
A locking me chanis m is provide d to pre -
ve nt accide ntal move me nt of the s e le c-
tor le ve r to ce rtain pos itions . To re le as e
the lock, pre s s the button on the front of
the s e le ctor le ve r knob (arrow).
Before moving the s elector lever
away from P or N with the car at a
s tands till, you mus t pres s the brake pedal
down to releas e the lever (s hiftlock).
Keep the brake pedal pres s ed down until
ready to move away, s o that the car does
not creep forwards (or backwards as the
cas e may be) with the gear engaged.<
Be fore le aving the car with the e n-
gine running, move the automatic
trans mis s ion s e le ctor le ve r to pos ition P
or N and apply the handbrake to pre ve nt
the car from moving.
3
9
0
d
e
0
4
6
68nAutomatic transmission*
the e ngine running, as this cons titute s a
pote ntially s e ve re accide nt ris k.<
P Park
s tanding s till. The drive n whe e ls are
locke d.
R Reverse
s tanding s till.
N Neutral
Se le ct only if the journe y is inte rrupte d
for a fairly long time .
D Drive (automatic shift position)
Us e this pos ition for all normal driving.
The s ys te m s hifts up through all forward
ge ars and the AGS functions in an unre -
s tricte d manne r.
S Sport program
This pos ition is re comme nde d if it is in-
te nde d to make full us e of the car's pe r-
formance .
3 and 2 Shift-limiting positions
Se le ct the s e pos itions if you wis h to
re s trict ge ar s e le ction, for ins tance on
s te e p uphill or downhill gradie nts in
mountainous re gions . The trans mis s ion
continue s to s hift automatically, but
only up to the s e le cte d ge ar.
Pos ition 2 is als o particularly s uitable
for us e whe n towing a traile r.
Kick-Down
In the "kick-down" pos ition, maximum
acce le ration and top s pe e d are availa-
ble in pos ition D.
Pre s s the acce le rator pe dal down be -
yond the re gular full-throttle pos ition;
incre as e d re s is tance will be fe lt.
Shift electronics
If the warning lamp come s on or
the me s s age "TRANS. FAIL-
SAFE PROG" appe ars in the
Che ck Control, an automatic trans mis -
s ion malfunction has occurre d.
All le ve r pos itions can s till be s e le cte d,
but in the forward pos itions only ce rtain
ge ars are actually available whe n the
car is drive n.
Avoid e xce s s ive loads , and take the car
to the ne are s t BMW Se rvice .
Do not work in the e ngine com-
partme nt with the s e le ctor le ve r in
a driving pos ition, in cas e the car be -
gins to move une xpe cte dly.<
For towing away, tow-s tarting and jump
s tarting s e e page 197 onwards .
69n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
Automatic transmission with Steptronic*
You can e ithe r drive the car as with a
conve ntional automatic trans mis s ion, or
s hift be twe e n ge ars yours e lf.
If you move the s e le ctor le ve r from po-
s ition D to the le ft, into the M/S le ve r
plane , this will activate automatic-trans -
mis s ion s hift programs that will appe al
to thos e who wis h to adopt a more e n-
thus ias tic driving s tyle . As s oon as you
move the le ve r in the "+" or "" dire c-
tion, the Ste ptronic trans mis s ion's man-
ual ge ar s hift mode is activate d. If you
wis h to re turn to fully automatic ge ar
s hifts , move the le ve r back to the right,
to pos ition D.
Your BMW is e quippe d with Adaptive
Trans mis s ion Control (AGS). It re -
s ponds s e ns itive ly to your individual
driving s tyle and the actual road and
3
9
0
d
e
1
3
8
traffic s ituation. Various s hift programs
are us e d for this purpos e .
You will find more de tails on the AGS in
the Chapte r "Te chnical Ite ms of Inte r-
e s t" on page 202.
Selector lever positions
P R N D M/S +
Starting the engine
The e ngine can only be s tarte d in pos i-
tions P or N.
The ge ar dis play diffe rs according to
your car's e quipme nt s pe cification (s e e
picture s ).
3
9
0
d
e
1
3
9
Moving the selector lever
A locking me chanis m is provide d to
pre ve nt accide ntal move me nt of the s e -
le ctor le ve r to ce rtain pos itions . To re -
le as e the lock, pre s s the button on the
front of the s e le ctor le ve r knob (arrow).
Be fore moving the s e le ctor le ve r
away from P or N with the car at a
s tands till, you mus t pre s s the brake
pe dal down to re le as e the le ve r (s hift-
lock).
Ke e p the brake pe dal pre s s e d down
until re ady to move away, s o that the
car doe s not cre e p forwards (or back-
wards as the cas e may be ) with the
ge ar e ngage d.<
3
9
0
d
e
1
4
0
70n Automatic transmission with Steptronic*
Be fore le aving the car with the e n-
gine running, move the automatic
trans mis s ion s e le ctor le ve r to pos ition P
or N and apply the handbrake to pre -
ve nt the car from moving.
the e ngine running, as this cons titute s a
pote ntially s e ve re accide nt ris k.<
P Park
s tanding s till. The drive n whe e ls are
locke d.
R Reverse
s tanding s till.
N Neutral
Se le ct only if the journe y is inte rrupte d
for a fairly long time .
D Drive (automatic shift position)
Us e this pos ition for all normal driving.
All forward ge ars are s e le cte d as ne c-
e s s ary and the AGS is fully ope rational.
Kick-Down
In the "kick-down" pos ition, maximum
acce le ration and top s pe e d are availa-
ble in pos ition D.
Pre s s the acce le rator pe dal down be -
yond the re gular full-throttle pos ition;
incre as e d re s is tance will be fe lt.
M/S Manual mode and Sport
program
Whe n changing from D to M/S, the
Sport program is activate d and D S dis -
playe d on the ins trume nt pane l. This po-
s ition is re comme nde d if it is inte nde d to
make full us e of the car's available pe r-
formance .
Whe n the le ve r is ne xt move d, the auto-
matic trans mis s ion will s witch from the
Sport program to the manual-s hift
mode . If you move the le ve r forwards in
the "+" dire ction, the trans mis s ion s hifts
up; if you move it to the re ar, in the ""
dire ction, a downs hift take s place . The
ge ar dis play re ads 1 to 5 or M1 to M5
according to ve rs ion.
3
9
0
d
e
3
2
3
71n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
Automatic transmission with Steptronic*
The AGS pe rforms up- and down-s hifts
only at a s uitable e ngine or road s pe e d;
for e xample , it will not s hift down if the
re s ulting e ngine s pe e d would be too
high. The ins trume nt pane l s hows the
s e le cte d ge ar brie fly, followe d by the
ge ar actually in us e .
For rapid acce le ration in the man-
ual-s hift mode for e xample whe n
ove rtaking s hift down manually or us e
the kick-down to s hift to a lowe r ge ar.<
The s e le ctor le ve r can only be move d
from M/S to the pos itions P, R and N if
it has firs t be e n move d back to D.
In the following s ituations , Ste ptronic
"thinks for you" in the manual-s hift
mode :
> To pre ve nt the e ngine from ove r-
s pe e ding, an up-s hift to the ne xt-
highe r ge ar take s place automatically
s hortly be fore the gove rne d s pe e d
limit is re ache d in an inte rme diate
ge ar
> At low s pe e ds , a lowe r ge ar is s e -
le cte d automatically without any
action on the drive r's part
> The kick-down, whe n us e d, s e le cts
the lowe s t ge ar which can s till be
us e d without ris k of the e ngine ove r-
s pe e ding.
Shift electronics
If the warning lamp come s on or
the me s s age "TRANS. FAIL-
SAFE PROG" appe ars in the
Che ck Control, an automatic trans mis -
s ion malfunction has occurre d.
All le ve r pos itions can s till be s e le cte d,
but in the forward pos itions only ce rtain
ge ars are actually available whe n the
car is drive n.
Avoid e xce s s ive loads , and take the car
to the ne are s t BMW Se rvice .
Do not work in the e ngine com-
partme nt with the s e le ctor le ve r in
a driving pos ition, in cas e the car be -
gins to move une xpe cte dly.<
For towing away, tow-s tarting and
jumps tarting, s e e page 197 onwards .
72nTurn indicator/headlamp flasher Wipers
1 High be am he adlamps (blue te lltale
lamp)
2 He adlamp flas he r
3 Flas hing turn indicators (gre e n re -
pe ate r lamps with rhythmic ticking of
flas he r re lay).
If the te lltale flas he s and the re lay ticks
more rapidly than us ual, a flas hing turn
indicator has faile d; if towing a traile r,
the faile d lamp could be on the traile r.
3
9
0
d
e
3
3
5
To indicate a turn briefly
Move the le ve r lightly, only as far as
the firs t de te nt. It will cance l whe n re -
le as e d.
0 Parke d pos ition of wipe rs
1 Inte rmitte nt wipe s e tting or rain
s e ns or*
2 Normal wipe r s pe e d
3 Fas t wipe r s pe e d
4 Flick wipe
5 Automatic winds cre e n was h
6 Automatic inte ns ive cle aning*
7 Knurle d whe e l for controlling the in-
te rmitte nt wipe inte rvals andthe s e n-
s itivity of the rain s e ns or
3
9
4
d
e
0
4
1
73n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
Wipers
1 Intermittent wipe interval or
rain sensor*
Inte rmitte nt wipe inte rval:
Us ing knurle d whe e l 7 you can s e le ct
four inte rmitte nt wipe inte rvals .
The wipe s pe e d is als o varie d automati-
cally, according to road s pe e d.
Rain s e ns or:
Whe n the rain s e ns or is activate d, the
wind s cre e n wipe rs are controlle d auto-
matically in re s pons e to we tting of the
winds cre e n (the y of cours e als o re -
s pond to s now). This me ans you do not
ne e d to involve yours e lf in s witching the
winds cre e n wipe rs on and off, nor do
you ne e d to conce rn yours e lf with any
of the s e ttings be twe e n inte rmitte nt
wipe and continuous wipe . Ins te ad, you
can focus your e ntire atte ntion on pre -
vailing road and traffic conditions . This
advantage is particularly important in
adve rs e we athe r conditions .
Activating the rain s e ns or:
From ignition s e tting 1, s hift into le ve r
s e tting 1. In any e ve nt, the wipe rs will
now cros s the winds cre e n once .
You can le ave the le ve r in s e tting 1 all
the time , the n all you ne e d to do is to
activate the rain s e ns or from ignition
s e tting 1. To do this ,
> turn knurle d whe e l 7 brie fly or
> us e the automatic winds cre e n cle an-
ing function (5) or the automatic in-
te ns ive cle aning function (6).
To vary the s e ns itivity of the rain s e ns or:
turn knurle d whe e l 7.
Switch off the rain s e ns or in an au-
tomatic car was h, or e ls e the cars
wipe rs may ope rate and be damage d.<
2 Normal wiper speed
The wipe rs change ove r automatically
to the inte rmitte nt wipe mode whe n the
car come s to a s tands till (not on cars
with rain s e ns or).
3 Fast wiper speed
The wipe rs s witch to normal s pe e d
whe n the car come s to a s tands till (not
on cars with rain s e ns or).
5 Automatic windscreen wash
Fluid from the was he r tank is s praye d
on to the winds cre e n and the wipe rs
are ope rate d for a s hort time .
If the le ve r is pulle d only brie fly, was he r
fluid will be s praye d on to the wind-
s cre e n, but the wipe rs will not be
s witche d on.
6 Intensive cleaning, automatic*
Same as 5, but inte ns ive cle aning fluid
is firs t s praye d on to the winds cre e n.
Changing the wipe r blade s : s e e
page 176.
74nWipers
Headlamp cleaning*
If the he adlamps are s witche d on, the y
are automatically cle ane d as we ll on
e ach fifth occas ion that the winds cre e n
wipe r or inte ns ive cle aning s ys te m is
ope rate d.
The drive r s hould only ope rate the
was he rs and cle aning e quipme nt
if ce rtain that the fluid will not fre e ze to
the winds cre e n and inte rfe re with the
vie w ahe ad. Antifre e ze s hould the re fore
be adde d to the fluid; s e e page 156.
Do not run the was he r s ys te ms if the
fluid re s e rvoirs are e mpty, or the
was he r pump will be damage d.<
Windscreen washer jets
The winds cre e n was he r je ts are auto-
matically he ate d whe n the ignition ke y
is in pos ition 2.
Rear window wiper touring
0 Parke d pos ition of re ar window wipe r
1 Re ar window wipe r ope rate s inte rmit-
te ntly. Whe n re ve rs e ge ar is e ngage d,
the wipe r ope rate s continuous ly.
2 Automatic re ar window was he r
You can program the de s ire d wipe
inte rval:
> Move the le ve r brie fly from pos ition 0
to pos ition 1 and back
> The time which elaps es before s witch-
ing on again (from 0 to 1) is the pro-
grammed wipe interval (max. 30 s ec-
onds ).
3
9
2
d
e
1
5
8
Programming is cance lle d:
> move the le ve r to pos ition 0 for
approx. 10 s e conds , or
> whe n the e ngine is s witche d off.
Whe n the re ar window is ope ne d, its
wipe r is s witche d off. Afte r clos ing the
window it the n has to be re s tarte d if re -
quire d.
To re ne w the wipe r blade , s e e
page 176.
75n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
Heated rear window Cruise control*
Switching on
Pre s s the button: while the te lltale is lit,
the he ate d re ar window is ope rating at
high powe r (fas t thawing).
Whe n the te lltale lamp goe s out, the
re ar window he ating continue s to ope r-
ate at re duce d output, the n s witche s it-
s e lf off automatically.
Switching off
If the te lltale lamp is on, pre s s the but-
ton.
3
9
0
d
e
3
6
2
Above about 30 km/h (approx. 19 mph),
you can me moris e and call up the car's
road s pe e d.
Activating the system
From ignition ke y s e tting 2:
Pre s s button 1: the te lltale in the ins tru-
me nt clus te r lights up. You can the n us e
the cruis e control.
Maintaining and memorising
speed, accelerating
Pre s s button 2 brie fly:
The car's actual s pe e d is maintaine d
and me moris e d. Each time the s witch is
pre s s e d brie fly again, road s pe e d is in-
cre as e d by approx. 1 km/h.
3
9
0
d
e
3
3
2
Hold button 2 in:
The car acce le rate s without the acce l-
e rator pe dal be ing touche d. As s oon as
you re le as e the s witch, the s pe e d the
car has re ache d will be maintaine d and
me moris e d.
If e ngine braking alone is ins uffi-
cie nt on a downhill gradie nt, the
controlle d s pe e d may be e xce e de d. It
may als o prove impos s ible to maintain
with the available e ngine powe r on up-
hill gradie nts .<
Decelerating
Pre s s button 3 brie fly:
Eve ry time you pre s s the button, road
s pe e d drops by approx. 1 km/h if you
are alre ady running with cruis e control.
Hold button 3 in:
The car s lows down by automatically
cutting the throttle if you are alre ady
running on cruis e control. As s oon as
you re le as e the s witch, the s pe e d the
car has re ache d will be maintaine d and
me moris e d.
76n Cruise control
Cancelling the cruise control
Whe n activate d, pre s s button 1: the te ll-
tale re mains lit. You can us e the cruis e
control again whe n re quire d.
In addition, you inte rrupt the cruis e con-
trol function automatically:
> Whe n braking
> Whe n ope rating the clutch or whe n
moving the automatic trans mis s ion
s e le ctor le ve r from D to N
> If the s e le cte d s pe e d is e xce e de d or
not re ache d for a le ngthy pe riod, for
ins tance by de pre s s ing the acce le ra-
tor pe dal.
Calling up memorised speed
Pre s s button 4:
The s pe e d las t me moris e d is re calle d
and maintaine d once it has be e n
re ache d again. If you turn the ignition
ke y to s e tting 0, the s tore d road s pe e d
is cle are d from me mory and the s ys te m
is de -activate d.
De-activating the system
If you have inte rrupte d the cruis e con-
trol function, pre s s button 1 once again.
The te lltale lamp goe s out and the
s tore d road s pe e d is cance lle d.
Do not us e the cruis e control on
twis ting roads , in he avy traffic
which pre ve nts a cons tant s pe e d from
be ing maintaine d or if the road s urface
is s lippe ry (s now, rain, ice ) or loos e
(s tone s , s and).<
77n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
Odometer (distance recorder)
You can activate the dis plays s hown on
this Figure in ignition s e tting 0 by pre s s -
ing the button (arrow) on the ins trume nt
clus te r.
The layout of the dis plays diffe rs ac-
cording to your car's e quipme nt.
Trip distance recorder
To re s e t to ze ro, pre s s the knob (arrow)
in ignition ke y pos ition 1 or be yond.
Outside temperature display
The outs ide te mpe rature is dis playe d
from ignition ke y pos ition 1 on.
You can change the dime ns ional unit
(6/7) by pre s s ing
3
9
0
d
e
0
2
5
1 the button (arrow) in ignition s e tting 1
and holding it down
2 the n turning the ignition ke y to 0.
Ice warning
If the outs ide te mpe rature falls to ap-
prox. +36, a warning s ignal is he ard
and the dis play flas he s for a s hort pe -
riod.
The warning is re pe ate d if the te mpe ra-
ture ris e s again to at le as t +66 and
the n drops a s e cond time to +36.
The ice warning does not rule out
the pos s ibility of black ice als o
occurring at temperatures that are other-
wis e above +36, for ins tance on bridges
or where the road is in s hadow.<
Ne ve r allow the e ngine to run in the re d
zone of the re volution counte r.
In this zone the fue l s upply is inte r-
rupte d to prote ct the e ngine . This be -
come s e vide nt as an inte rmitte nt re duc-
tion in available powe r.
3
9
0
d
e
0
0
4
Trip distance recorder; outside temperature display Revolution counter
78nEnergy Control Fuel gauge
Indicate s curre nt fue l cons umption in
l/100 km. This e nable s you to che ck
how e conomical and e nvironme ntally
frie ndly your curre nt driving s tyle is .
Whe n the car is halte d, the ne e dle
move s back to ze ro.
3
9
0
d
e
0
0
5
The warning light come s on brie fly as
an ope rating che ck whe n the ignition is
s witche d on.
Whe n the warning light come s on, the re
are about
> 8 l BMW 520i, 523i, 528i,
525td/tds , 530d
>10 l BMW 535i, 540i
of fue l le ft in the tank.
Fue l tank capacity: s e e page 223.
Ce rtain ve hicle pos itions , e .g. driving
uphill for prolonge d pe riods , may caus e
s light fluctuations in the fue l gauge
re ading.
3
9
0
d
e
0
0
6
Add fue l in good time , or e ls e
the re is a ris k of running the tank
dry and caus ing damage to the e ngine
or the catalytic conve rte r.<
79n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
Coolant thermometer Service Interval indicator
Blue
The e ngine is s till cold. Drive at mode r-
ate e ngine and road s pe e ds .
Red
If the warning light come s on or the
COOLANT TEMPERATURE Che ck
Control dis play appe ars *: the e ngine is
too hot. Switch it off at once and allow
to cool down.
Between the coloured zones
Normal ope rating te mpe rature . At high
outs ide te mpe rature s or whe n loads on
the car are s e ve re , the ne e dle may
move up as far as the be ginning of the
re d zone .
Che cking coolant le ve l: s e e page 160.
3
9
0
d
e
0
0
7
The dis play layout varie s according to
your car's e quipme nt s pe cification.
Green light-emitting diodes
The fe we r are on, the s oone r the ne xt
s e rvice will be due .
Yellow LED
This lights up in conjunction with
OILSERVICE or INSPECTION.
A s e rvice routine is due . Make arrange -
me nts with BMW Se rvice .
Red LED
The s e rvice routine is ove rdue .
3
9
0
d
e
0
0
8
Clock symbol
Shows that brake fluid re ne wal is due .
Pe riods during which the batte ry
was dis conne cte d are ignore d by
the dis play.
In s uch cas e s you mus t e ns ure that the
brake fluid is re ne we d e ve ry two ye ars
re gardle s s of the dis play. Als o s e e
page 161.<
80n
Graphic display
The following ins tructions and s tatus
me s s age s are de picte d as s ymbols and
s ound a gong from ignition s e tting 2.
The y re main on dis play until the faults
have be e n re me die d:
1 Che ck low- and high-be am he ad-
lamps and parking lights
2 Top up was he r fluid goe s out afte r
approx. 1 minute
3 Door ope n
4 Luggage compartme nt lid/tailgate
ope n
5 Che ck re ar light or brake light. A de -
fe ctive third (ce ntre ) brake light is in-
dicate d by the uppe r s ymbol.
At the e nd of a journe y, whe n the
drive r's door is ope ne d, the LIGHTS ON
s ignal may be he ard without any vis ual
dis play.
3
9
0
d
e
1
2
1
Alphanumeric display*
Cle ar-te xt ins tructions and re minde rs
are s hown in ignition ke y pos ition 2 and
be yond. A gong s ignal is always he ard
at the s ame time .
1 Symbol that a warning is pre s e nt
2 Dis play
3 CHECK button
The s ys te m malfunction dis plays are di-
vide d into two priority cate gorie s :
3
9
0
e
n
1
1
1
Priority 1
The s e dis plays appe ar imme diate ly,
accompanie d by a gong s ignal and by
flas hing fault dis play s ymbols 1. If s e v-
e ral faults occur at the s ame time , the y
are dis playe d in s ucce s s ion. The dis -
plays re main in force until the faults
have be e n re ctifie d, and cannot be
e ras e d with CHECK button 3:
> RELEASE PARKINGBRAKE
> COOLANT TEMPERATURE
The te mpe rature is too high. Stop the
car imme diate ly and s witch off the
e ngine ; s e e page 160
> STOP! ENGINE OILPRESS
Engine oil pre s s ure has droppe d too
low. Stop the car imme diate ly and
s witch off the e ngine ; s e e page 157
Check Control
81n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
Check Control
> CHECK BRAKE FLUID
The le ve l is clos e to the minimum
mark. Add fluid at the e arlie s t oppor-
tunity; s e e page 161. Have the caus e
of brake fluid los s trace d and re ctifie d
by BMW Se rvice
> TYRE DEFECT*
Imme diate ly re duce s pe e d re ady to
s top, avoiding any pronounce d brak-
ing and s te e ring manoe uvre s while
doing s o.
Se e page s 89
> SELFLEVEL SUSP. INACT*
Have the car che cke d by the ne are s t
BMW Se rvice ; s e e page 135
> FUEL INJECT.SYS.*
Have a che ck pe rforme d by BMW
Se rvice ; s e e als o page 136
> LIMIT*
Dis play s hows whe ne ve r you are e x-
ce e ding the le gal s pe e d limit in a
give n country.
Priority 2
The s e faults or re minde rs are s hown for
20 s e conds in ignition ke y pos ition 2
and be yond. Afte r the te xt dis plays
have gone out, s ymbols re main vis ible
to indicate that the re are fault me s -
s age s in the Che ck Control. The me s -
s age s can be calle d up again by pre s s -
ing CHECK button 3.
> BOOTLID OPEN
Dis play only appe ars whe n car is
drive n away from a s tands till for the
firs t time
> DOOR OPEN
Dis play appe ars whe n the car has
re ache d a give n (low) s pe e d
> FASTEN SEAT BELTS*
The warning lamp with be lt s ymbol
als o come s on
> PRE-HEATING*
Do not s tart the e ngine until the dis -
play has gone out
> WASHER FLUID LOW
Re s tore the corre ct le ve l at the e arli-
e s t opportunity; s e e page 156
> CHECK ENGINE OIL LEV
Add e ngine oil as s oon as pos s ible ;
s e e page 157
> SET TYRE PRESSURE*
The RDC has acce pte d the pre vailing
tyre pre s s ure as the nominal value it
has to monitor.
Se e page s 88
> CHECK TYRE PRESSURE*
Che ck the tyre pre s s ure at the ne xt
available opportunity (re fue ling s top)
and corre ct to the s pe cifie d le ve ls .
Se e page s 88
> TYRE CONTROL INACTIVE*
Brie f fault in RDC or s ys te m fault,
re fe r to page 89
> CHECK BRAKE LIGHTS
A bulb has faile d or the re is a fault in
the e le ctrical circuit; s e e page 179
and 192 or cons ult BMW Se rvice
> CHECK LOWBEAM LIGHTS
CHECK PARK LIGHTS
CHECK TAIL LIGHTS
CHECK FRONT FOGLAMPS*
CHECK REAR FOGLIGHTS
CHECK NUMPLATE LIGHT
CHECK TRAILER LIGHTS*
CHECK HIGHBEAM LIGHT
CHECK REVERSE LIGHTS
In e ach cas e a bulb may have faile d
or the e le ctrical circuit may have a
fault. Se e page 177 onwards and 192
or cons ult BMW Se rvice
82nCheck Control
> TRANS FAILSAFE PROG*
Ple as e vis it your ne are s t BMW Se rv-
ice ce ntre , re fe r to page 67 or 69
> CHECK BRAKE LININGS
Have the brake pads che cke d by
BMW Se rvice ; s e e page 132
> RADIO KEY, BATTERY
Re ne w the batte ry; s e e page 183
> CHECK COOLANT LEVEL
Coolant le ve l is too low and s hould
be toppe d up at the e arlie s t opportu-
nity; s e e page 160
> ENGINE FAILSAFE PROG*
The Ele ctronic Engine Output Control
(EML) has a fault. Highe r pe dal pre s -
s ure and longe r pe dal trave l may be
ne e de d whe n braking. Ple as e have a
che ck pe rforme d by BMW Se rvice
The following me s s age cannot be
calle d up again:
> EXT. TEMP5.0 6
This is an e xample of the dis play. The
actual outs ide te mpe rature is s hown
if it is +3 6 or be low; s e e als o
page 77.
Messages displayed at the end
of a journey
All malfunctions which have be e n indi-
cate d during a journe y are dis playe d
again in s ucce s s ion whe n the ignition
ke y is turne d back to pos ition 0.
The following information is als o pro-
vide d if appropriate :
> LIGHTS ON
Warning at e nd of journe y, whe n
drive r's door is ope ne d
> CHECK ENGINE OIL LEV
Add e ngine oil at the e arlie s t opportu-
nity (whe n re fue lling); s e e page 157.
Afte r the ignition ke y has be e n re move d
and the dis play has gone out, you can
call up CHECK CONTROL dis plays for
up to approx. thre e minute s by pre s s ing
the CHECK button 3. If the re are s e v-
e ral dis plays , the CHECK button mus t
be pre s s e d more than once .
Check Control test
Pre s s the CHECK button 3 in ignition
ke y s e tting 2: the dis play s hould s how
CHECK CONTROL OK.
The re are no malfunctions in the s ys -
te ms monitore d.
Computer
A de s cription of the compute r is to be
found in "Radio and information s ys -
te ms " and "Monitor".
You can als o have Che ck Control
me s s age s and compute r informa-
tion dis playe d in anothe r language .<
83n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
On-board computer
Calling up functions
Us ing the button in the turn indicator
le ve r, from ignition ke y s e tting 1, you
can call up on-board compute r informa-
tion in the ins trume nt clus te r dis play
unit. Eve ry time you pre s s the button
towards the s te e ring column, anothe r
function is dis playe d on s cre e n (i.e .
s crolling function).
The s e que nce of dis plays is :
ambie nt te mpe rature , ave rage fue l con-
s umption, range , ave rage road s pe e d.
From ignition s e tting 1, the mos t re ce nt
s e tting appe ars on the dis play.
The layout of the dis plays diffe rs
according to your car's e quipme nt.
3
9
0
d
e
3
3
6
Outside temperature and average
fuel consumption
You can change the unit of me as ure -
me nt for the ambie nt te mpe rature dis -
play (6/7), by
1 pre s s ing and holding down the re s e t
button for the trip dis tance dis play
(odome te r)
2 the n turning the ignition ke y to 0.
Se e als o page 77.
3
9
0
d
e
1
2
6
Operating range and average
speed
The range is calculate d on the bas is of
dis tance actually cove re d.
The ave rage s pe e d dis play ignore s any
s tationary pe riods whe re the e ngine
was s witche d off.
3
9
0
d
e
1
2
5
84nOn-board computer
Clearing the display
While ave rage s pe e d is be ing dis -
playe d, if you pre s s the turn indicator
le ve r brie fly, the on-board compute r
dis play can be s witche d off.
Recalculating
If you hold the button down longe r, the
ave rage value s dis playe d for fue l con-
s umption and road s pe e d are re calcu-
late d, s tarting from this point in time .
The e ngine mus t be running.
Computer with alpha-numerical
display*
If your car has Che ck Control with an
alpha-nume rical dis play, the compute r
is de s cribe d in the ope rating ins truc-
tions "Radio and information s ys te ms ".
85n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
PDC as s is ts you whe n re ve rs ing the car
into a parking s pace . An audible warn-
ing s ignal te lls you how far you are from
obs tructions be hind the car. To do this ,
four ultras onic s e ns ors in the back
bumpe r me as ure the dis tance to the
ne are s t obje ct. The me as uring range for
the two corne r s e ns ors e nds approx.
60 cm (approx. 2 ft) be hind the bumpe r.
The two ce ntre s e ns ors have a range of
approx. 1.50 m (approx. 5 ft).
In ignition ke y pos ition 2, the s ys te m is
activate d automatically afte r approx. 1
s e cond whe n re ve rs e ge ar is s e le cte d
or the automatic trans mis s ion s e le ctor
le ve r move d to R. It is s witche d off
whe n the le ve r is move d out of re ve rs e
ge ar or away from pos ition R. If you are
towing a traile r, of cours e , the s ys te m
cannot make the appropriate me as ure -
me nts and is the re fore out of action.
Audible warning signals
The dis tance from an obs truction is in-
dicate d by an inte rmitte nt audible s ig-
nal. The clos e r the car approache s the
obs truction, the more rapid the s e -
que nce of s ignals . Whe n the dis tance is
le s s than 30 cm (approx. 12 in), the s ig-
nal be come s continuous .
The s ignal is inte rrupte d afte r approx.
3 s e conds if the dis tance from the ob-
s tacle re mains cons tant during this
time , for ins tance whe n re ve rs ing paral-
le l to a wall.
If a continuous s ignal at a pitch highe r
than us ual is he ard whe n the s ys te m is
firs t activate d, it is malfunctioning. Have
the caus e trace d and re ctifie d by BMW
Se rvice .
The PDC cannot act as a s ubs ti-
tute for your pe rs onal as s e s s me nt
of obs tructions . The s e ns ors have ce r-
tain "de ad are as " in which obje cts can-
not always be de te cte d. In addition, the
de te ction of obs tacle s can re ach the
phys ical limits of ultras onic me as ure -
me nt, e .g. traile r towbars and couplings
or thin and painte d obje cts .
Loud s ound s ource s s uch as loud ra-
dios can ove rpowe r the s ignal tone of
the PDC.<
Ke e p the s e ns ors cle an and fre e
from ice , s o that the y always ope r-
ate re liably.
Do not s pray the s e ns ors for any le ngth
of time with a high-pre s s ure cle aning
je t. Ke e p s uch je ts at le as t 10 cm (ap-
prox. 4 in) away from the s e ns ors .<
Park Distance Control (PDC)*
86nASC+T/DSC*
Automatic Stability Control
plus Traction (ASC+T)/Dynamic
Stability Control (DSC)*
The s e s ys te ms e ns ure additional dy-
namic s tability, particularly whe n acce l-
e rating and corne ring.
The DSC adds to the advantage s of
ASC+T. In addition to achie ving opti-
mum dynamic s tability whe n acce le rat-
ing and s tarting from a s tands till, a gain
in s tability is obtaine d whe n corne ring.
Note howe ve r that the car always re -
mains s ubje ct to the limits impos e d by
the bas ic laws of dynamics .
The s ys te m is in ope ration whe ne ve r
the e ngine has be e n s tarte d.
3
9
0
d
e
3
5
9
Telltale lamp
The te lltale lamp in the ins tru-
me nt clus te r goe s out s hortly
afte r the e ngine has be e n
s tarte d. Se e page 21.
If the te lltale lamp flas he s :
The s ys te m is active , that is to s ay it is
compe ns ating for fluctuations in trac-
tion caus e d by the road s urface .
If the te lltale lamp doe s not go out afte r
the e ngine has be e n s tarte d or come s
on during the journe y:
The s ys te m is de fe ctive , but the car it-
s e lf is fully ope rational with the e xce p-
tion of the ASC+T/DSC s tability control
function. Ple as e vis it BMW Se rvice for
re pair work.
Switching off
Pre s s the button; the te lltale lamp will
come on.
De pe nding on the car's e quipme nt, the
button is marke d e ithe r ASC or DSC.
Whe n ASC+T/DSC is s witche d off, you
are driving conve ntionally. It is advis a-
ble to s witch off the s ys te m to improve
traction:
> if the car has to be rocke d out of a
hollow or a s oft s urface , or s tarte d in
de e p s now or on a loos e s urface
> if s now chains are fitte d.
Se e als o page 133.
Switching on again
Pre s s the button a s e cond time ; the te ll-
tale lamp will go out.
Not e ve n ASC+T/DSC can ove r-
come the laws of phys ics . If the
limit s pe e d is e xce e de d, the drive r is re -
s pons ible for the cons e que nce s : a lack
of traction and poor late ral roadholding.
The e xtra s afe ty pote ntial offe re d by
this s ys te m mus t ne ve r be unde rs tood
as an invitation to take additional ris ks .<
You will find furthe r de tails on ASC+T/
DSC in the Chapte r "Te chnical ite ms of
inte re s t", page 203.
87n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
Electronic Damping Control (EDC)*
This s ys te m automatically e ns ure s
that move me nt of the road whe e ls is
dampe d according to the car's ne e ds ,
and the re fore e nhance s both ride com-
fort and s afe ty.
3
9
0
d
e
3
5
8
Automatic control
Automatic control is activate d e ach
time the e ngine is s tarte d. It take s e ffe ct
ove r the e ntire road-s pe e d range and
re gardle s s of the load on the car. If the
influe ncing factors change (road s ur-
face and othe r ope rating factors s uch
as s te e ring, braking e tc.), the damping
force e xe rte d by the s hock abs orbe rs is
automatically varie d within a fraction of
a s e cond.
Sport program
With the ignition ke y in pos ition 2, pre s s
the EDC button (arrow); the te lltale lamp
ne xt to the S will come on.
The Sport program s hould be s e le cte d
if you re quire a firme r re s pons e from the
s us pe ns ion in all ope rating s ituations .
To change ove r to automatic control:
Pre s s the button again; the te lltale lamp
will go out.
88n Tyre pressure control (RDC)*
The principle
The RDC monitors tyre pre s s ure s at all
four road whe e ls , both at a s tands till
and whe n the car is be ing drive n. The
s ys te m re ports any s udde n los s of
pre s s ure in one or more tyre s .
To e nable the RDC to "ge t to know" the
corre ct tyre pre s s ure , che ck tyre pre s -
s ure s in all tyre s agains t the tyre pre s -
s ure table on page 27 and corre ct if
ne ce s s ary. The n activate the s ys te m.
This te lltale in the ins trume nt
clus te r or the Che ck Control in-
forms you whe ne ve r tyre pre s -
s ure is not normal.
Activating the system
1 Turn the ignition ke y to pos ition 2 (but
do not s tart the e ngine )
2 Ke e p the button pre s s e d in (arrow)
until the ye llow te lltale lamp on the in-
s trume nt pane l come s on for a fe w
s e conds or the Che ck Control dis -
plays "SET TYRE PRESSURE"
3 Afte r the car has be e n drive n for s e v-
e ral minute s , the RDC adopts the ac-
tual tyre pre s s ure s as the nominal
value s which it is to monitor.
Do not re pe at this proce s s until you
have e ns ure d that tyre pre s s ure s are
corre ct. Othe rwis e RDC ope rate s auto-
matically in ignition s e tting 2 and the re -
fore take s e ffe ct during e ve ry journe y.
3
9
0
d
e
3
2
0
If there is a loss of tyre pressure
If the tyre pre s s ure has droppe d too far
afte r a s hort time (quite normal on any
tyre ), the ye llow te lltale lamps up or the
me s s age "che ck tyre pre s s ure " appe ars
in the Che ck Control.
This is to re mind you that the tyre pre s -
s ure s hould be corre cte d to the s pe ci-
fie d value s again as s oon as pos s ible .
If you are as ke d to che ck tyre
pre s s ure s s hortly afte r corre cting
the m, the corre cte d pre s s ure value s
we re not plaus ible . Ple as e che ck the
tyre pre s s ure s again and corre ct the m
to the value s s pe cifie d in the tyre pre s -
s ure table . Afte r this , re -activate the
s ys te m.<
89n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
Tyre pressure control (RDC)*
With a burst tyre
If you s uffe r a tyre de fe ct involving los s
of pre s s ure , the re d te lltale lamps up, or
the me s s age "TYRE DEFECT" appe ars
in the Che ck Control. In addition, a
gong s ounds .
Whe n this occurs , s low down to a s top
imme diate ly, avoiding hars h braking
and s te e ring manoe uvre s . Re place the
de fe ctive whe e l with tyre .
The s pare whe e l s upplie d as
s tandard with your car is e quippe d
with the ne ce s s ary RDC e le ctronics and
is the re fore als o monitore d automati-
cally afte r fitting, whe n the s ys te m has
be e n activate d.<
The RDC s ys te m cannot provide
advance notification of any s e rious
s udde n tyre damage caus e d by e xte rnal
influe nce s .<
Have your tyre s change d by BMW
Se rvice .
BMW Se rvice is informe d about how to
handle RDC and is e quippe d with the
ne ce s s ary s pe cial tools .<
Faults
The RDC can be s ubje cte d to brie f in-
te rfe re nce locally by outs ide e quipme nt
or de vice s which us e the s ame radio
fre que ncy.
While the re is a fault in the s ys te m, the
ye llow te lltale lamps up or the me s s age
"Tyre pre s s ure control inactive " ap-
pe ars in the Che ck Control.
The s ame dis play appe ars
> in the e ve nt of a s ys te m fault
> if a whe e l not e quippe d with RDC is
fitte d to the car
> if one or more whe e ls e quippe d with
RDC e le ctronics are carrie d on the
car in addition to the s pare whe e l.
Cons ult BMW Se rvice if ne ce s s ary.
90n
Side lights
Low beam headlamps
If you s witch off the ignition
while the low-be am he adlamps
are s witche d on, only the park-
ing lights re main lit.
You can als o have the "De laye d
s witch-off" ("Follow-me -home ")
he adlamp s e tting s e le cte d: if the he ad-
lamp flas he r le ve r is ope rate d, the low-
be am he adlamps the n re main on for a
s hort time afte r the ignition has be e n
s witche d off.<
3
9
0
d
e
0
3
4
LIGHTS ON warning
Whe n the ignition ke y is turne d back to
0 and the drive r's door is ope ne d, a
buzze r s ounds for s e ve ral s e conds as a
re minde r if the lights are s till on.
On cars with alphanume rical Che ck
Control*:
the re minde r appe ars on the Che ck
Control; s e e page 81.
Daytime (dim-dip) circuit*
If de s ire d, the light s witch can re main in
the s e cond pos ition: whe n the ignition
is turne d off, the car's lights go out.
You can have the daytime dippe d
he adlamp s e tting s e le cte d on your
car.<
Turn the knurle d whe e l to vary the
inte ns ity of the lighting.
3
9
0
d
e
0
3
6
Sidelights/low-beam (dipped) headlamps Instrument lighting
91n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
Headlight beam throw adjustment* High-beam/parking lights
To avoid dazzling the drive rs of oncom-
ing ve hicle s , the be am throw of the low
be am he adlamps mus t be adjus te d to
s uit the load carrie d in the car:
Value s in ( ) apply whe n towing a traile r.
0 (1) = 1 to 2 pe rs ons without luggage
1 (1) = 5 pe rs ons without luggage
1 (2) = 5 pe rs ons with luggage
2 (2) = 1 pe rs on, load are a or
luggage compartme nt full
3
9
0
d
e
0
3
5
Cars with s e lf-le ve lling s us pe ns ion*:
All load conditions : pos ition 0.
Exce ption:
1 pe rs on, luggage compartme nt or load
are a full or whe n towing a traile r: pos i-
tion 1.
Comply with pe rmitte d re ar axle load,
s e e page 217.
Ple as e us e the corre ct s e ttings to
avoid dazzling oncoming drive rs .<
Xenon headlamps*
Cars with xe non he adlamps are
e quippe d with automatic be am angle
adjus tme nt.
1 High-be am he adlamps
2 He adlight flas he r (blue te lltale lamp)
3 Parking lights
Right or left parking lights
In ignition ke y pos ition 0, move the turn
indicator le ve r be yond its normal le ft or
right turn pos ition until it re ache s a final
de te nt and is re taine d the re .
3
9
0
d
e
3
3
5
92nFog lights Interior lighting
Fog lights*
The gre e n te lltale lamp on the
ins trume nt pane l come s on
whe n the fog lights are in us e .
Rear fog lights*
The ye llow te lltale lamp in the
ins trume nt clus te r come s on
whe n the re ar foglights are lit.
3
9
0
d
e
0
3
7
Foglights and rear foglights
Ple as e comply with local le g-
is lation conce rning the us e of
front and re ar fog lights .
The inte rior lights are controlle d auto-
matically.
Switching interior light on and off
manually
Pre s s the button (arrow) brie fly.
To s witch off the light pe rmane ntly, hold
the button de pre s s e d for about 3 s e c-
onds .
To cance l this mode , pre s s the button.
The load-are a light in the touring ope r-
ate s s imilarly.
3
9
0
d
e
0
4
0
93n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
Interior lighting Reading lights
Footwell lights
The footwe ll lights ope rate in the s ame
way as the inte rior light.
The re are re ading lights at the front ne xt
to the inte rior light, and in the re ar pas -
s e nge r are a. The y can be s witche d on
and off us ing the buttons be s ide the m.
To prote ct the batte ry, all lights in-
s ide the car are s witche d off about
15 minute s afte r the ignition ke y has
be e n turne d to 0.<
3
9
4
d
e
3
0
1
94n
3
9
0
d
e
3
4
0
Air conditioning
95n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
Air conditioning
1 Air s upply to winds cre e n and s ide
windows
2 Air to the uppe r body are a
The knurle d whe e ls down the s ide s
ope n and clos e the air ve nts (any in-
te rme diate s e tting pos s ible ) and the
le ve rs alte r the dire ction of air flow.
The ce ntre knurle d whe e l varie s the
te mpe rature of the airflow; s e e
page 97
3 Airflow to footwe lls
4 Airflow to re ar-s e at footwe lls
5 Airflow to uppe r-body are a, re ar-
s e at pas s e nge rs 97
6 Te mpe rature 96
7 Air flow dire cte d on to the
> Windows
> Uppe r body are a
> Footwe ll
Any inte rme diate pos ition is pos -
s ible ; s e e page 96
8 Air s upply 96
Air te mpe rature control take s e ffe ct
whe n the fan is s witche d on
9 He ate d re ar window 96
10 Cooling 96
11 Re circulate d air mode 96
96nAir conditioning
Tips for pleasant driving
For the air te mpe rature 6 the s e tting
226 will normally re s ult in ple as ant
driving conditions . For air dis tribution
s e tting 7, move s e le ctor to "6 o'clock".
For s e tting 8, move to ce ntre pos ition.
Turn outle ts 2 s o that the airflow pas s e s
the occupants without s triking the ir
bodie s dire ctly. Turn the knurle d whe e l
be twe e n air ve nts 2 into a ce ntral pos i-
tion to allow s lightly coole r air to e n-
hance fatigue -fre e driving.
The de s cription be low te lls you how to
obtain various s e ttings which may be
individually pre fe rre d.
Temperature
The s cale value s are guide fig-
ure s for the inte rior te mpe ra-
ture . 226 has be e n found to
be a ple as ant s e tting. Whe n
the car is in motion, the s e le cte d te m-
pe rature is re ache d as s oon as pos s ible
and he ld cons tant.
Air distribution
You can dire ct air on to the
windows , on to the uppe r
body and into the foot-
we ll. Any inte rme diate s e tting
is pos s ible . In pos ition a s mall
amount of air continue s to re ach the
windows in orde r to pre ve nt the m from
fogging ove r. The 6 o'clock s e tting is
re comme nde d in normal conditions
(s e e illus tration and ove rvie w of s ys te m
on page 94).
Air supply
The airflow volume can be
continuous ly varie d. The
gre ate r the incoming flow of
air, the more e ffe ctive he ating
and ve ntilation will be . In pos ition 0 the
blowe r and air conditioning are
s witche d off and the fre s h air s upply
from outs ide the car is e ntire ly s hut off.
Heated rear window
Whe n the he ate d re ar window
is s witche d on, the te lltale
lamp come s on. The he ate d
re ar window s witche s its e lf off automat-
ically.
Cooling
Air is coole d whe n the air con-
ditione r is s witche d on, the n is
he ate d back to s uit the te m-
pe rature s e tting. De pe nding on we athe r
conditions , the winds cre e n may fog
ove r mome ntarily whe n the e ngine is
s tarte d.
Switch off the air conditioning at out-
s ide te mpe rature s be low approx. 56.
This he lps to pre ve nt the windows from
mis ting up.
If the windows fog ove r imme diate ly
afte r s witching off the air conditioning,
s witch it on again.
Mois ture conde ns ate forms in the
air conditioning and is dis charge d
unde rne ath the car. Trace s of wate r on
the ground are the re fore normal.<
Recirculated air mode
If the re are s trong s me lls out-
s ide , you can s hut off the s up-
ply of outs ide air for te mporary
pe riods . The air ins ide the car is the n
re circulate d.
If your car has a multifunctional s te e ring
whe e l with re circulate d air button, this
can als o be us e d to s hut off the incom-
ing airflow (s e e page 23).
If the windows fog ove r in the
re circulate d air mode , s witch it off
and, if ne ce s s ary, incre as e the airflow.<
97n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
Air conditioning
Draught-free ventilation
The outle ts for the occupants ' uppe r
body are a can be adjus te d to s uit your
pe rs onal pre fe re nce s :
Turn knurle d whe e ls 1 to ope n or clos e
the outle ts s te ple s s ly. Alte r the dire c-
tion of the airflow by moving le ve rs 2.
Turn outle ts s o that the airflow pas s e s
bodie s dire ctly.
Knurle d whe e l 3 ble nds a varying
amount of cool air with the air for the
uppe r body are a outle ts :
> Turn towards the blue mark coole r
> Turn towards the re d mark warme r.
3
9
0
d
e
0
5
1
Rear-seat area ventilation
Knurle d whe e l 1 ope ns the outle ts s te p-
le s s ly. The airflow dire ction is varie d at
le ve rs 2.
The air e me rging he re is s lightly coole r
that the air for the footwe lls .
3
9
0
d
e
3
5
5
Micro-filter
The micro-filte r traps dus t and polle n in
the incoming airflow. It is re ne we d
whe n your BMW Se rvice carrie s out
routine mainte nance work. If airflow is
notice ably le s s than us ual, this may in-
dicate that the filte r s hould be re ne we d
e arlie r.
98nAir conditioning
Cooling
1 Se le ct an inte rior te mpe rature which
you find ple as ant at the rotary te m-
pe rature control, e .g. 226
2 Switch on the air conditioning
3 Turn the rotary air dis tribution control
to pos ition
4 Se t the rotary blowe r control (air s up-
ply) to a ce ntral pos ition
5 Ope n the air outle ts for the uppe r
body zone
6 Turn knurle d whe e l 3 to a te mpe ra-
ture s e tting which you find ple as ant;
s e e "Draught-fre e ve ntilation",
page 97.
3
9
0
d
e
3
4
1
Rapid ventilation
2 Switch on the air conditioning and
s e le ct the re circulate d-air mode
to pos ition
4 Turn the rotary blowe r control (air
s upply) fully to the right
5 Ope n the air outle ts for the uppe r
body zone
6 Se t knurle d whe e l 3 to cold (blue );
s e e page 97.
3
9
0
d
e
3
4
2
Rapid heating
to pos ition
4 Clos e the re ar s e at-are a outle ts .
3
9
0
d
e
3
4
3
99n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
Air conditioning
Defrosting and demisting
windows
to pos ition
4 Clos e the re ar s e at-are a outle ts
5 To de fros t the re ar window, s witch on
re ar window he ating.
The late nt he at s tore * e nable s he at to
be obtaine d from ignition ke y pos ition 1
on, e ve n if the e ngine is not running.
3
9
0
d
e
3
4
4
Heating
If the windows are fre e from ice and
conde ns ation, the following s e ttings are
re comme nde d:
to pos ition
3 Se t the rotary blowe r control (air s up-
ply) to a ce ntral pos ition
4 Clos e the re ar s e at-are a outle ts .
3
9
0
d
e
1
2
7
3
9
0
d
e
3
4
5
100n
3
9
0
d
e
3
6
5
Automatic air conditioning*
101n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
1 Air s upply to winds cre e n and s ide
windows
2 Air to the uppe r body are a
The knurle d whe e ls down the s ide s
ope n and clos e the air ve nts (any in-
te rme diate s e tting pos s ible ) and the
le ve rs alte r the dire ction of air flow.
The ce ntre knurle d whe e l varie s the
te mpe rature of the e me rging air;
s e e page 104
3 Air to footwe lls
4 Air to re ar-s e at footwe lls
5 Air to uppe r body are a, re ar-s e at
pas s e nge rs 105
6 Automatic air dis tribution 102
7 Individual air dis tribution 102
8 Te mpe rature le ft s ide 102
9 Te mpe rature dis play, air
s upply 102
10 Te mpe rature right s ide 102
11 De fros ting and de mis ting
windows 103
12 Air conditioning 103
13 Automatic Re circulate d Air Control
(AUC) 103
14 He ate d re ar window 75, 104
15 Air s upply 103
16 Re s idual he at utilis ation 104
17 Air inle t grille for inte rior te mpe ra-
ture s e ns or ke e p unobs tructe d
102nAutomatic air conditioning*
A pleasant interior temperature
Pre s s AUTO ke y 4 to s witch on the au-
tomatic mode . Choos e an inte rior te m-
pe rature which you find ple as ant, e .g.
226. Above ambie nt te mpe rature s of
56 you can als o us e the air conditione r
10. This drie s the air and pre ve nts the
windows from mis ting up, for ins tance if
s ome one s its in the car with we t cloth-
ing. Turn outle ts 2 s o that the airflow
pas s e s the occupants without s triking
the ir bodie s dire ctly. The knurle d whe e l
be twe e n outle ts 2 for the uppe r body
are a s hould be turne d to a ce ntral s e t-
ting, s ince s lightly coole r air at this le ve l
he lps to avoid driving fatigue .
The de s cription be low te lls you how to
obtain various s e ttings which may be
individually pre fe rre d.
You can have your car pro-
gramme d s o that your pre fe rre d
automatic air conditioning s e ttings are
obtaine d whe ne ve r you unlock the car
with your pe rs onal re mote -control ke y.<
Automatic air distribution
The AUTO program handle s the
s e tting of air dis tribution for you
and als o adapts your te mpe rature pre f-
e re nce s to s uit ambie nt conditions
(s umme r, winte r). It e ns ure s a ple as ant
inte rior climate at e ve ry time of ye ar.
Se le ct a ple as ant inte rior te mpe rature
for yours e lf, e .g. 226. Se le cte d te m-
pe rature s and the re minde r AUTO for
the airflow appe ar on dis play 7; s e e
ove rvie w on page 100. Ope n the outle ts
for the occupants ' uppe r body zone .
Switch the air conditioning on in the
warm s e as on of the ye ar. Maximum
cooling e ffe ct is obtaine d whe n knurle d
whe e l 3 (s e e page 104) is in the cold
s e tting.
Individual air distribution
You can als o s witch off the
AUTO program and choos e your
own combination of air dis tribu-
tion s e ttings . Air flows on to the
windows , to the uppe r body zone
and to the footwe ll .
Temperature
You can als o s e le ct your own in-
dividual te mpe rature s e tting on
drive r and pas s e nge r s ide s of
the car. The dis playe d value s are a
guide to the actual inte rior te mpe rature .
226 is re comme nde d as a ple as ant
s e tting, whe the r or not the air condi-
tioning is in ope ration. During the jour-
ne y, the chos e n te mpe rature is re ache d
as quickly as pos s ible in s umme r and
in winte r and maintaine d at a cons tant
value .
Turn knurle d whe e l 3 (s e e "Draught-fre e
ve ntilation", page 104) to a ce ntral s e t-
ting, s ince s lightly coole r air at this le ve l
he lps to pre ve nt driving fatigue .
This fe ature can be us e d primarily for
ble nding air to make s light adjus tme nts
and e nhance pe rs onal comfort.
You can obtain full output from the
he ate r (non-re gulate d) at the 326
s e tting. At 166 the full cool air output
is obtaine d whe n the air conditioning is
s witche d on.<
103n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
Air supply
In the AUTO program, air s up-
ply is controlle d automatically;
AUTO appe ars in dis play 7 s e e the
s ummary on page 100. Us ing "+" and
"" you can vary the air s upply. Your e n-
try is indicate d by a bar dis play, the au-
tomatic air s upply is s witche d off and
the automatic airflow dis tribution s ys -
te m re mains unchange d. Howe ve r, you
can s witch the automatic air s upply s ys -
te m back on by pre s s ing the AUTO but-
ton.
In the lowe s t fan s e tting, if you pre s s
"", all dis plays dis appe ar: blowe r,
he ating and air conditioning are
s witche d off and the air s upply s hut off.
The automatic air conditioning can be
s witche d on again by pre s s ing any but-
ton (e xce pt REST button 14).
Defrosting and demisting
windows
This program re move s ice and
conde ns ation quickly from the
winds cre e n and from the s ide windows .
Air conditioning
Air is coole d and drie d whe n the
air conditione r is s witche d on,
the n is he ate d back up to s uit the te m-
pe rature s e tting.
De pe nding on we athe r conditions , the
winds cre e n may fog ove r mome ntarily
whe n the e ngine is s tarte d.
At outs ide te mpe rature s be low approx.
56, s witch off the air conditioning. This
he lps to pre ve nt the windows from
mis ting up.
If the windows fog ove r imme diate ly the
air conditioning is s witche d off, s witch it
on again.
Mois ture conde ns ate forms in the
air conditioning and is dis charge d
unde rne ath the car. Trace s of wate r on
the ground are the re fore normal.<
Automatic Recirculated Air
Control (AUC)
If the air outs ide the car has an
unple as ant odour or contains
pollutants , you can s hut off the s uply to
the inte rior of the car te mporarily. The
air ins ide the car is the n re circulate d.
Obtain the de s ire d ope rating mode by
pre s s ing the button as ofte n as ne ce s -
s ary.
> Te lltale lights off: fre s h air e nte rs car
from the outs ide .
> Le ft te lltale lamp on AUC ope ration:
the s ys te m ide ntifie s pollutants in the
outs ide air and s huts off the s upply if
ne ce s s ary. The air ins ide the car is
the n re circulate d.
Afte r this , the automatic s ys te m
s witche s be twe e n outs ide air s upply
and re circulate d air according to the
available air quality.
> Right te lltale lamp on: the outs ide air
s upply is pe rmane ntly s hut off. The
air ins ide the car is re circulate d.
whe e l with re circulating air s witch (s e e
page 23), you can us e it to change be -
twe e n "Off" and the re circulating air
mode (or be twe e n AUC and the re circu-
lating air mode ).
104nAutomatic air conditioning*
If the windows fog ove r in the re -
circulate d air mode , s witch it off
and, if ne ce s s ary, incre as e the airflow.<
Heated rear window
Whe n the he ate d re ar window is
s witche d on, the te lltale lamp
come s on. The he ate d re ar window
s witche s its e lf off automatically.
Residual heat utilisation
He at from the e ngine is s tore d
and us e d to he at the car's inte rior
whe n the ignition is s witche d off, for in-
s tance whe n waiting at a le ve l cros s ing.
In ignition s e tting 1, you can adjus t the
s e ttings of the automatic air condition-
ing s ys te m. In ignition ke y pos ition 0,
the he ate d air is dire cte d automatically
to the winds cre e n, s ide windows and
footwe lls .
This function can be activate d if
outs ide te mpe rature is be low ap-
prox. +156, the e ngine is at its re gular
ope rating te mpe rature and the batte ry
is s ufficie ntly charge d.<
Latent heat store*
Automatically activate d in ignition ke y
pos ition 1 whe n re s idual he at is us e d.
Draught-free ventilation
The outle ts for the occupants ' uppe r
body are a can be adjus te d to s uit your
pe rs onal pre fe re nce s :
Turn knurle d whe e ls 1 to ope n or clos e
the outle ts s te ple s s ly. Alte r the dire c-
tion of the airflow by moving le ve rs 2.
Turn outle ts s o that the airflow pas s e s
bodie s dire ctly.
Knurle d whe e l 3 ble nds a varying
amount of cool air with the air for the
uppe r body are a outle ts :
> Turn towards the blue mark coole r
> Turn towards the re d mark warme r
3
9
0
d
e
0
5
1
105n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
Rear-seat area ventilation
Knurle d whe e l 1 ope ns the outle ts s te p-
le s s ly. Us e knurle d whe e l 3 to vary the
te mpe rature of the airflow, s ubje ct to
the pos ition of the knurle d whe e l at the
front of the car.
You can vary the airflow dire ction at
le ve rs 2.
3
9
0
d
e
3
5
4
Micro-filter and activated
charcoal filter
The micro-filte r traps dus t and polle n
in the incoming airflow. The activate d
charcoal filte r in addition re move s gas -
e ous pollutants from the air e nte ring the
car. This combine d filte r is change d by
BMW Se rvice during routine mainte -
nance work. If the airflow is notice ably
le s s than us ual, this may indicate that
the filte r s hould be re ne we d e arlie r.
106nHeated seats* Steering wheel heating* Roller sunblind*
The s e at cus hion and s e at back can be
he ate d whe n the ignition ke y is in pos i-
tion 2.
By pre s s ing the button re pe ate dly, you
can obtain diffe re nt he at outputs .
The maximum he at output is obtaine d
whe n thre e te lltale lamps are on, the
minimum he at output whe n only one is
on. Te mpe rature control is by the rmo-
s tat.
Dire ct s witching off is als o pos s ible
whe n a highe r he at output has be e n
s e le cte d:
ke e p the button pre s s e d in for a longe r
pe riod.
3
9
0
d
e
3
5
6
The s te e ring whe e l he ating is ope ra-
tional in ignition ke y pos ition 2; to
s witch on and off, pre s s the ke y (arrow).
Whe n the s te e ring whe e l is be ing he at-
e d, the te lltale lamp in the button is on.
whe e l without s te e ring whe e l he ating,
this pos ition is occupie d by the re circu-
late d air button (s e e page 23).
3
9
0
d
e
0
1
4
From ignition s e tting 1, pre s s the button
to ope rate .
Roller sun blinds for rear side
windows*
Pull the blind out at its loop and s e cure
it to the re taine r.
3
9
0
d
e
3
5
7
107n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
Auxiliary heater* Auxiliary ventilation*
If your car has an auxiliary fue l-burning
he ate r, it is als o e quippe d with inde -
pe nde nt ve ntilation control. Cars are
als o s upplie d with inde pe nde nt ve ntila-
tion control only.
Both s ys te ms are ope rate d by the
Multi-Information-Dis play (MID) or the
on-board monitor; re fe r to the Ope rat-
ing Manual.
Two diffe re nt s witch-on time s can be
pre s e le cte d, s o that you can be s ure
that the car's inte rior is warm whe n it is
ne xt e nte re d. Snow and ice are als o
e as ie r to re move from the windows .
The auxiliary he ate r runs for 30 minute s .
It can als o be s witche d on and off di-
re ctly. Since its curre nt cons umption is
high, it s hould not be run twice in s uc-
ce s s ion unle s s the re has in the me an-
time be e n an opportunity to re charge
the car's batte ry by driving the car.
The auxiliary fue l-burning he ate r can be
ope rate d at outs ide te mpe rature s be -
low 166 if the s witch-on time is pre s e -
le cte d, or s witche d on dire ctly at any
outs ide te mpe rature . This only applie s
whe n the car is drive n, howe ve r, until
the e ngine has re ache d its re gular ope r-
ating te mpe rature .
The he ate d air is dire cte d automatically
to the winds cre e n, s ide windows and
footwe ll; maximum he ating output is al-
ways us e d.
In ignition ke y pos ition 1 you can adjus t
the inte rior te mpe rature , air s upply and
air dis tribution.
The auxiliary he ate r continue s to run
for a s hort pe riod afte r it has be e n
s witche d off (te lltale lamp out).
Eve n during the warm s e as on of
the ye ar the auxiliary he ate r
s hould be s witche d on dire ctly about
once a month, the n s witche d off again
afte r about 5 minute s .<
Do not ope rate the auxiliary he ate r
in confine d s pace s (clos e d
rooms ). Always s witch off the auxiliary
he ate r be fore re fue lling the car.<
Ve ntilate s the inte rior of the car and
lowe rs its te mpe rature by me ans of the
(automatic) air conditioning blowe r.
The auxiliary ve ntilation is ope rate d by
the Multi-Information-Dis play (MID) or
the on-board monitor; re fe r to your
Ope rating Manual.
Two diffe re nt s witch-on time s can be
pre s e le cte d; the ve ntilation s ys te m the n
runs for 30 minute s . It can als o be
s witche d on and off dire ctly. Since its
curre nt cons umption is high, it s hould
not be run twice in s ucce s s ion unle s s
the re has in the me antime be e n an op-
portunity to re charge the car's batte ry
by driving the car.
Inde pe nde nt ve ntilation control can be
ope rate d at any outs ide te mpe rature
above 166 if the s witch-on time is
pre s e le cte d, or s witche d on dire ctly at
any outs ide te mpe rature , but not whe n
the car is be ing drive n.
Air e me rge s from the variable -flow,
controlle d-dire ction outle ts for the up-
pe r body zone on the fas cia. The s e out-
le ts mus t the re fore re main ope n if the
inde pe nde nt ve ntilation s ys te m is to be
us e d.
In ignition ke y pos ition 1, the airflow
volume and air dis tribution are adjus te d
in the s ame way as for auxiliary he ating.
108nRemote control for auxiliary heater*
1 Switching on
2 Radio ae rial
3 Te lltale light
4 Switching off
You can s witch the auxiliary he ate r on
and off with the re mote control hands e t
provide d that the outs ide te mpe rature
is be low 166. The ave rage range for
s ignal re ce ption is approx. 350 me tre s .
Switching on
1 Exte nd ae rial 2 fully
2 Pre s s button 1. Te lltale light 3 come s
on thre e time s , the n e mits s hort
rhythmic flas he s for the re mainde r of
the ope rating pe riod (max. 30 min-
ute s )
3 Pus h the ae rial back in, but only afte r
the firs t thre e re gular flas he s have
be e n s e e n.
3
9
0
d
e
1
5
5
Switching off
1 Exte nd ae rial 2 fully
2 Pre s s button 4. The te lltale lamp
flas he s thre e time s and the n goe s out
3 Finally, pus h the ae rial back in.
Re ne wing the batte ry and ope rating a
ne w trans mitte r: s e e page 185.
The be s t s ignal trans mis s ion is
obtaine d if the re mote control is
he ld e ithe r ve rtical or horizontal. Whe n
s witching on and off, do not touch the
ae rial or point it at the car.
The re mote control only ope rate s the
auxiliary he ate r if this is not alre ady run-
ning afte r a pre s e le cte d time input or
dire ct s witch-on.<
Interference
Ope ration of the re mote control may be
inte rfe re d with by outs ide e quipme nt
ope rating on the s ame fre que ncy.
109n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
To open
Pull the handle . The lamp come s on
automatically.
To close
Swing the lid up.
Locking
Lock with a mas te r ke y. The glove box
can only be unlocke d with a mas te r ke y.
If you only hand ove r the door ke y
and ignition ke y, for e xample to
hote l s taff (s e e page 34), this will pre -
ve nt unauthoris e d acce s s to the glove
box.<
3
9
0
d
e
0
6
0
Afte r us ing the glove box, clos e its
lid without de lay, s o that it cannot
caus e injury in the e ve nt of an acci-
de nt.<
Rechargeable hand lamp*
This is ins ide the glove box, on the le ft.
The lamp is prote cte d agains t ove r-
charging and can the re fore re main in
the s ocke t whe n it is not in us e .
Always s witch the lamp off be fore
ins e rting it into the s ocke t, or e ls e
it could be ove rcharge d and damage d.<
The lid of the compartme nt on the front,
incline d s e ction of the ce ntre cons ole
can be s lid ope n and clos e d (arrow).
If a cas s e tte holde r* is ins talle d, e ach
cas s e tte compartme nt is ope ne d by
pre s s ing the s mall button next to it.
Compartme nt on ce ntre cons ole be -
twe e n front s e ats : To ope n, re ach into
the re ce s s and pull up. If a car phone is
ins talle d, it will occupy this compart-
me nt.
3
9
0
d
e
0
4
3
Glove box Storage compartments
110nStorage compartments Car phone* Drink can holders*
The re is an ope n s torage compartme nt
to the le ft of the s te e ring column.
The re is furthe r s torage s pace in all
doors and on the front s e at backs *.
Hands-free telephone system*
On cars pre pare d for te le phone ins talla-
tion* the re is a trim pane l for the hands -
fre e microphone in the roof lining, ne ar
the inte rior lamp.
For furthe r information on the car
phone , s e e the s e parate ope rating
ins tructions .
3
9
0
d
e
3
5
3
The re are two holde rs for drink cans or
cups at the front of the ce ntre cons ole
(s e e illus tration) and anothe r two at the
e nd of the ce ntre cons ole , be low the
grille .
Pre s s brie fly to re le as e and ope n the m;
s wing back inwards whe n not re quire d.
3
9
0
d
e
3
6
3
111n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
Ashtray, front* Cigarette lighter*
To open
Pre s s brie fly in the dire ction of the
arrow.
To e xtinguis h a cigare tte , knock off the
as h and ins e rt a s hort dis tance only into
the funne l-s hape d hole .
3
9
0
d
e
0
6
1
To empty
Pre s s the e dge of the lid (arrow): the
as htray will pop up and can be re -
move d.
On cars with non-s moke r fittings , the
ins e rt is re move d in the s ame way.
3
9
0
d
e
0
6
2
Pre s s the re ce s s (arrow) brie fly, the n
pre s s the cigare tte lighte r in.
The cigare tte lighte r can be re move d
whe n it pops back out.
Hold the hot cigare tte lighte r only
by its knob, or e ls e you may s uffe r
burns .
The cigare tte lighte r re mains ope ra-
tional whe n the ignition ke y has be e n
re move d. For this re as on, do not le ave
childre n in the car unatte nde d.<
3
9
0
d
e
3
6
4
112nCigarette lighter* Ashtray, rear*
Cigarette lighter socket
This can be us e d for a hand lamp,
vacuum cle ane r or s imilar de vice , pro-
vide d that it runs on 12 V DC and its
powe r cons umption doe s not e xce e d
200 Watts . Make s ure that the s ocke t is
not damage d by atte mpting to ins e rt
plugs of the wrong patte rn.
On cars with non-s moke r fittings , the
s ocke t is at the s ame point.
To open
Pre s s the re ce s s brie fly.
To empty
Pre s s the e dge of the lid (arrow). the
as htray will pop up and can be re -
move d.
3
9
0
d
e
0
6
3
113n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
The re ar s e at back is divide d into two
s e ctions , one of the m one -third and the
othe r two-thirds of the total width.
Eithe r s ide can be folde d forwards indi-
vidually if long or bulky obje cts have to
be carrie d in the car.
Folding:
Ins e rt the finge rs into the re ce s s and
pull forwards (arrow 1).
Whe n the s e at backs are re turne d to
the rais e d pos ition again, make s ure
that the ir catche s e ngage corre ctly. The
re d pane l (arrow 2) mus t move down.
3
9
4
d
e
1
1
7
The ce ntre s e at be lt has a s mall addi-
tional be lt lock.
> If you conne ct up the two be lt s e c-
tions , you can us e the ce ntre s e at
be lt jus t like any normal thre e -point
s e at be lt.
> Dis conne cting the s e at be lt (arrow)
make s it more conve nie nt to fold
down the large r s e at back.
3
9
4
d
e
3
0
3
Each s e at back can be locke d with one
of the car's mas te r ke ys .
This pre ve nts acce s s to the luggage
compartme nt from the ins ide of the car
if you are oblige d to hand ove r door and
ignition ke y 3 (s e e page 34). This is an
advantage , e . g. in hote ls .
3
9
4
d
e
1
1
8
Through-loading system*
114nSki bag*
This e nable s a maximum of four pairs of
s kis to be carrie d s afe ly and ke pt cle an.
Us ing the full le ngth of the s ki bag and
the additional s pace in the luggage
compartme nt, s kis up to a le ngth of
2.1 0 m can be carrie d. If s kis of this
le ngth are carrie d, howe ve r, the s ki
s ack will only be able to hold two pairs
be fore it be come s too narrow.
Removing the centre armrest
(Not on cars with through-loading s ys -
te m or on touring; s e e page 116).
1 Unfold the ce ntre armre s t comple te ly
2 De tach the cove r ove r the ope ning at
the top (it has a burr fas te ne r) and
place it on the armre s t
3 Hold the front of the armre s t with one
hand, place the othe r hand unde r the
armre s t and move it s harply upwards
(arrow).
3
9
4
d
e
0
6
7
Installing the centre armrest
Ins e rt the ce ntre armre s t from the top
and pre s s it down until it is he ard to e n-
gage in its holde rs .
Make s ure that the pins at the
s ide s do not damage the s e at up-
hols te ry.<
115n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
Ski bag*
Loading
1 Pre s s the button (arrow 1): this will
unlock the loading flap in the luggage
compartme nt
2 Pre s s the locking le ve rs toge the r
(arrows 2) and s wing the cove r for-
wards
3 Lay out the s ki bag be twe e n the front
s e ats . The zip fas te ne r s implifie s ac-
ce s s to the conte nts of the bag, and
make s drying it out e as ie r
3
9
4
d
e
0
6
8
4 Ins ide the luggage compartme nt, s e -
cure the loading flap to the unde rs ide
of the re ar window s he lf with the
magne tic re taine rs .
Make s ure that the s kis are cle an be fore
the y are ins e rte d into the bag, and that
any s harp e dge s on the m or the ir bind-
ings do not damage or pie rce the s ki
bag.
3
8
0
d
e
0
6
9
Se cure the s kis or any othe r
s tore d obje cts with the re taining
s trap on the s ki bag. Tighte n the turn-
buckle to e ns ure that the re taining s trap
is taut.<
To s tow away the s ki bag, follow the
oppos ite proce dure .
3
8
0
d
e
0
7
0
116nSki bag*
With through-loading system
1 Swing out the ce ntre armre s t, de tach
the cove r ove r the ope ning at the top
(it is s e cure d by a burr fas te ne r) and
2 Pre s s catch 1 down and s wing the
cove r forwards
3 Pre s s catch button 2: this unlocks the
flap in the luggage compartme nt.
3
9
4
d
e
1
1
9
In the touring
1 Swing out the ce ntre armre s t, de tach
the cove r ove r the ope ning at the top
(it is s e cure d by a burr fas te ne r) and
2 Pre s s catch 1 down and s wing the
cove r forwards
3 Pre s s button 2: this re le as e s the flap
in the load are a.
In conjunction with the re movable
luggage floor* (re fe r to page 120):
re moval of floor, unlock the flap and
s lide the floor back in the floor s e c-
tion the n cove rs the flap.
3
9
2
d
e
1
7
6
If the flap in the load are a is con-
ce ale d by the pull-out floor pane l,
do not fold the large r s e ction of the re ar
s e at back, othe rwis e the flap will be
damage d.<
117n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
Load area touring
Folding rear seat back
Ins e rt finge rs into the re ce s s and pull
forwards (arrow).
The re ar s e at back is divide d into two
s e ctions , one of the m one -third and the
othe r two-thirds of the total width. You
can fold down both s ide s to e nlarge the
luggage are a.
Whe n the s e at backs are re turne d
to the rais e d pos ition again, make
s ure that the ir catche s e ngage cor-
re ctly. The re d warning zone in the
re ce s s the n dis appe ars .
The ce ntre s e at be lt can only be pulle d
out whe n the large r s e ction of the re ar
s e at back is locke d into pos ition.<
3
9
2
d
e
1
6
1
Roller-blind cover
Pull out the rolle r cove r and s e cure it in
the re taine rs at the back
The cove r can s upport the we ight of
light article s , e .g. clothing.
Do not place any he avy or hard
obje cts on the rolle r cove r or
the s e could e ndange r the occupants if
e ve r you have to brake s harply.
Do not allow the rolle r cove r to run back
too fas t, as this could damage it.<
For s torage of the rolle r cove r whe n the
s e at is folde d, s e e ne xt page .
3
9
2
d
e
1
6
2
Protective net*
Pull the prote ctive ne t out by its loop,
the n hold the rod at both s ide s and in-
s e rt it into the re taine rs . This is be s t
done from the back s e at.
Do not allow the prote ctive ne t to
re tract too fas t, or it could caus e
injury and its e lf be come damage d.<
Whe n the re ar s e at backs are folde d,
the ne t tube can be s e cure d in front of
the re ar s e ats , from which point the ne t
can s till be pulle d out and s e cure d at
the front re taine rs (s e e ne xt page ).
3
9
2
d
e
1
6
3
118nLoad area touring
Removing roller cover and
protective net
1 Pre s s the buttons at the e nds
(arrow 1)
2 Pull the tube out to the re ar (arrow 2).
Installing
Simply ins e rt the tube into the two s ide
catche s and pus h it forward until it e n-
gage s .
3
9
2
d
e
1
6
4
Storage
Holde rs for the tube are provide d in
front of the re ar s e at.
Ins e rt the tube from the right, as s hown
in the picture . The loop on the prote c-
tive ne t mus t be at the top and the e nd
of the rolle r cove r mus t be place d
around the tube at the bottom re ar.
You can pull out the prote ctive ne t and
ins e rt it in the bracke ts above it in the
roof are a.
3
9
2
d
e
1
6
5
Side flaps
To ope n, pre s s the button.
3
9
2
d
e
1
6
6
119n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
Load area touring
Compartment in floor
To ope n: pre s s the re ce s s e d s e ction of
the handle and s wing up the flap (large
arrow).
The flap is lockable with a mas te r ke y.
The partitions in the compartme nt can
be re pos itione d. If the y are re move d
and the ir holde rs turne d to the le ft and
take n out, a compartme nt with a flat
floor is obtaine d.
3
9
2
d
e
1
6
7
Raising the floor panel flap
Swing up the holde r (black) on the un-
de rs ide of the flap and attach it to the
uppe r frame of the tailgate cutout.
Be fore folding the floor pane l flap down
again, re turn the holde r to its original
pos ition.
3
9
2
d
e
1
6
8
Raising the spare wheel cover
Swing the cove r up and attach it to the
re d holde r on the floor pane l flap
(arrow).
Be fore folding the cove r back down, re -
turn the holde r to its original pos ition.
3
9
2
d
e
1
6
9
120nLoad area touring
Pull-out load-area floor*
To re le as e , pull the re ce s s e d handle up.
Pull out the floor.
Do not drive the car with the load-
are a oor exte nde d.
Do not re le as e the load-are a oor whe n
the car is s tanding on a s lope, or it may
run out by its e lf and caus e injury.
If an uns e cure d load is be ing carrie d, it
could s lide if the load-are a oor exte nds
accide ntally, and fall to the ground whe n
the oor pane l re ache s its limit s top.<
3
9
2
d
e
1
7
4
Whe n e xte nde d, the pane l can with-
s tand the following loads :
> Up to 300 kg (660 lb) dis tribute d ove r
its e ntire s urface
> Up to 75 kg (165 lb) at the re ar e dge .
Do not place he avie r loads on the
pane l, or damage may occur.
Do not re ach unde r the load-are a oor
whe n s liding it back in, or injury could
be caus e d.<
Raising the load-area floor
For acce s s to the are a unde r the floor,
the s pare whe e l e tc.:
> Swing up the load-are a floor pane l
and re tain it with the rod (arrow)
> Ope n the quick-re le as e fas te ne rs on
the s pare whe e l cove r.
3
9
2
d
e
1
7
5
121n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
Load
Loading
If you carry he avy or bulky loads in your
BMW:
> Place he avy loads as far forward as
pos s ible right be hind the back re s ts
or the load are a partition and ke e p
load low (this Figure illus trate s the
touring)
> Wrap prote ctive mate rial round s harp
corne rs and e dge s
> Do not s tack loads highe r than the
s e at backs
> Pull out the prote ctive ne t* (re fe r to
page 117f) and e ns ure that obje cts
are not able to pas s through the s e p-
arating ne t
> Whe n carrying ve ry he avy loads with
no pas s e nge rs on the back s e at, in-
s e rt e ach of the oute r s e at be lts into
the ir oppos ite locks .
3
9
2
d
e
1
7
7
Securing the load
> Small and light ite ms can be re taine d
with the te ns ioning s traps , a load-
are a ne t* or othe r s uitable s traps (s e e
page 43)
> BMW Se rvice can s upply s uitable
me ans of las hing and s e curing large r
or he avie r loads *. Las hing points are
provide d in the corne rs of the lug-
gage compartme nt or load are a (pic-
ture s hows touring)
> Ple as e note the information s upplie d
with load s e curing e quipme nt.
3
9
2
d
e
1
7
8
Always s tow the load corre ctly
and s e cure it s o that it cannot e n-
dange r the car's occupants if the drive r
has to brake he avily or s we rve .
Do not e xce e d the gros s we ight or axle
load limits (s e e page 217), as this could
e ndange r the car's ope rating s afe ty and
infringe the law.
Do not carry he avy or hard obje cts
loos e in the occupant are a, in cas e the y
are thrown around and e ndange r the
occupants whe n the car is brake d he av-
ily or during a s udde n avoidance man-
uoe uvre .<
122nRoof rack*
Mounting points
Acce s s to the mounting points :
To ope n the cove rs (arrow), us e the tool
accompanying the roof rack s ys te m.
A s pe cial roof rack s ys te m is available
as an acce s s ory for your BMW. If it is
us e d, ple as e comply with the ins talla-
tion ins tructions s upplie d.
A loade d roof rack alte rs the car's road
be haviour and s te e ring re s pons e quite
cons ide rably, by moving its ce ntre of
gravity.
Whe n loading the roof rack, e ns ure that
the s pe cifie d roof load limit, the car's
gros s we ight limit and the axle loads
are not e xce e de d. The re le vant figure s
are s hown in the te chnical data s e ction,
page 217.
3
9
4
d
e
3
6
9
The roof load mus t be uniformly dis trib-
ute d and s hould not be too large in
are a. He avy ite ms of luggage s hould
always be place d at the bottom. Make
s ure that s ufficie nt cle arance is availa-
ble for rais ing the s liding/tilting s unroof
and that no obje cts e xte nd into the
hinge -up are a of the tailgate .
Se cure loads to the roof rack s o that
the y cannot s hift or fall off during the
journe y, and thus e ndange r following
traffic.
Drive s moothly and avoid viole nt acce l-
e ration, braking or corne ring.
The roof load incre as e s the car's s ur-
face are a e xpos e d to the wind, s o that
fue l cons umption will be highe r and the
loads on the roof s tructure of the car
more s e ve re .
123n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
Towing a trailer
Towing a trailer
Whe n a traile r is towe d, the de mands
on both car and drive r are more s e ve re .
A traile r re duce s manoe uvrability, the
ability to climb hills , acce le ration and
braking capacity and make s the car
handle and corne r diffe re ntly.
The pe rmis s ible traile r load and nos e
we ight (towbar downthrus t) are s tate d
in "Te chnical Data", page 217. The
traile r load limit is als o e nte re d in the
car's re gis tration pape rs . Cons ult BMW
Se rvice re garding incre as e d traile r
we ights .
Trailer tow hitch*
The s us pe ns ion s e ttings of your BMW
afford optimum s afe ty, ride comfort and
s ports pe rformance .
If a traile r tow hitch is fitte d by the
manufacture r, the ve hicle will als o be
e quippe d with uprate d s us pe ns ion* at
the re ar as s tandard. This compe ns ate s
for the we ight of the tow hitch and als o
e ns ure s optimum road be haviour whe n
the traile r is not be ing towe d.
If a traile r tow hitch* is re trofitte d, it
mus t be of a type approve d by BMW
and be e xpe rtly ins talle d by BMW Se rv-
ice . You are re comme nde d to have up-
rate d s us pe ns ion fitte d as we ll.
On mode ls with s e lf-le ve lling s us pe n-
s ion, the traile r-towing s us pe ns ion
ne e d not be re trofitte d.
BMW doe s not approve of any othe r
s us pe ns ion s ys te ms offe re d by the au-
tomotive trade for traile r towing pur-
pos e s .
Look afte r a de tachable ball e nd in ac-
cordance with its manufacture r's ope r-
ating ins tructions , to e ns ure that it can
be fitte d and re move d without difficulty.
If a traile r tow hitch is ins talle d, the
s e lf-re ge ne rating action of the re ar
bumpe r s ys te m may not be able to take
e ffe ct.<
The us e of a s tabilizing de vice can be
re comme nde d, particularly if the traile r
is a he avy one . Information can be ob-
taine d from BMW Se rvice .
124nTowing a trailer
Cover flap*
Re moving
Take hold of the traile r tow hitch cove r
pane l in the cutout provide d, pull down-
wards and to the re ar and re move the
pane l from the cutout.
For attaching and re moving the ball
he ad, ple as e s e e the s e parate ins truc-
tions .
Fitting
firs t ins tall the cove r flap at the top with
the groove in the ape rture , the n pre s s in
the lowe r are a (arrow).
3
9
0
d
e
3
2
5
Nose weight
This is the load e xe rte d downwards by
the traile r on the ball he ad of the tow
hitch (it can be de te rmine d with the aid
of bathroom s cale s or s imilar).
In Ge rmany: a minimum nos e we ight of
25 kg (55 lb) is laid down by law.
Try to achie ve a nos e we ight clos e to
the pe rmitte d limit (s e e page 217) with-
out e xce e ding it.
The traile r's nos e we ight affe cts the
towing ve hicle , and mus t not le ad to the
car's gros s we ight limit or re ar axle load
limit be ing e xce e de d if a traile r is be ing
towe d. The car's payload limit is re -
duce d by the we ight of the traile r tow
hitch and, if a traile r is be ing towe d, by
its nos e we ight. The gros s we ight limit
for the combine d car and traile r mus t
not be e xce e de d.
Load
Whe n loading the traile r, make s ure that
the we ight is ke pt as low as pos s ible
and s towe d if pos s ible clos e to the axle .
A low ce ntre of traile r gravity make s the
outfit much more s table and s afe to
drive .
Do not e xce e d e ithe r the traile r's gros s
we ight or the s pe cifie d traile r load limit
for the car. The s malle r value is the limit
which s hould be adhe re d to.
Be fore purchas ing a traile r it is advis a-
ble to obtain a de claration from the
traile r conce rning the e ffe ctive traile r
we ight and traile r payload limit.
Gradients
In the inte re s ts of s afe ty and to avoid
holding up othe r traffic, do not atte mpt
to climb gradie nts s te e pe r than 12X. If
an application is made to tow a he avie r
traile r, the limit is 8X.
As altitude above s e a le ve l incre as e s ,
e ngine powe r output te nds to drop. You
s hould the re fore take particular care
whe n driving through mountainous
country, s ince the maximum gradie nt
on which the outfit can be s tarte d may
be lowe r than us ual.
BMW 530d: Avoid driving up
le ngthy hills in 1s t ge ar alone ,
s ince this could ove rhe at the fue l and
caus e bubble s to form, s o that the e n-
gine is s tarve d of fue l and s talls . Auto-
matic-trans mis s ion cars : Se le ct pos i-
tion D.<
125n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
Towing a trailer
Downhill gradients
Spe cial care mus t be take n whe n de -
s ce nding gradie nts : be fore doing s o, al-
ways change down to the ne xt-lowe r
ge ar and if ne ce s s ary as far as 1s t
ge ar or automatic trans mis s ion s e le c-
tor le ve r pos ition 2 and drive down the
hill s lowly.
Speed limit
The maximum s pe e d limit whe n towing
a traile r is 80 km/h in Ge rmany, and
s imilar s pe e d limits apply in othe r coun-
trie s als o. The traile r load limits have
be e n chos e n to e ns ure that driving s ta-
bility is s atis factory at this s pe e d. If
highe r s pe e d limits apply in othe r coun-
trie s , you are none the le s s re com-
me nde d not to drive fas te r for s afe ty
re as ons .
If the traile r be gins to s wing from s ide
to s ide , the outfit can only be s tabilize d
by braking imme diate ly.
Tyre pressures
Che ck the car's and the traile r's tyre
pre s s ure s mos t care fully. For the traile r,
comply with the manufacture r's re com-
me ndations .
Outside mirrors
If the s tandard outs ide mirror is not s uit-
able for towing a traile r, le gis lation pre -
s cribe s two outs ide mirrors which bring
both re ar corne rs of the traile r into your
fie ld of vie w. Suitable mirrors , s ome
with adjus table arms , can be obtaine d
from BMW Se rvice .
Electrical system
Highe r e le ctrical cons umption
can be e xpe cte d if a traile r (cara-
van) is towe d. Try to avoid ope rating
e le ctrical e quipme nt for too long pe ri-
ods at a time , in orde r to limit the drain
on the car's batte ry.<
Be fore s tarting a journe y, che ck
that the traile r's re ar lamps are op-
e rating corre ctly.<
126n
Initial overview
Controls in detail
and general care
Minor repairs
Technical data
Index
127n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
Driving precautions:
Running in 128
Driving hints 128
(ABS) 130
Dis c brake s 131
Brake s 132
(DDE) 136
Car te le phone 136
Car radio 136
Wheels and tyres:
Condition of tyre s 137
Ne w tyre s 138
Whe e l and tyre
combinations 139
Winte r tyre s 140
Snow chains 140
Approve d whe e l and tyre
s ize s 141
In the engine compartment:
Engine hood 147
Was he r fluid 156
Was he r je ts 156
Engine oil 157
Coolant 160
Brake fluid 161
Ve hicle ide ntification
numbe r 162
Type plate 162
Maintenance and general care:
The BMW Mainte nance
Sys te m 163
Care of the car 164
Airbags 170
Legal requirements and
regulations
Rule of the road 171
Te chnical modifications 172
OBD s ocke t 172
Recycling:
Re cycling in the Se rvice
are a 173
Re turning the car 173
128n
Ple as e comply with the following in-
s tructions , which are inte nde d to e n-
s ure that your car achie ve s its optimum
ope rating life and e conomy.
Engine and final drive
Up to 2000 km (approx. 1300 mile s ):
drive at varying road and e ngine
s pe e ds , but do not e xce e d the follow-
ing maximum value s :
> Cars with s park-ignition (pe trol, gas -
oline ) e ngine
6-cylinde r: 4500 rpm or
160 km/h (99 mph)
8-cylinde r: 4500 rpm or
170 km/h (106 mph)
> Cars with die s e l e ngine s
3500 rpm or
150 km/h (92 mph)
Avoid full throttle and do not us e the
automatic trans mis s ion kick-down.
From a dis tance re ading of 2000 km
(approx. 1250 mile s ) onwards , e ngine
and road s pe e ds can be gradually in-
cre as e d.
Comply with the s e running-in ins truc-
tions again if an e xchange e ngine or
final drive is fitte d late r in the car's life .
Tyres
Ne w tyre s do not achie ve the ir full road
grip imme diate ly, for production re a-
s ons . You s hould the re fore drive in a
re s traine d manne r for the firs t 300 km
(approx. 200 mile s ).
Brakes
Brake pads and dis cs do not achie ve a
favourable we ar and contact patte rn
until the car has cove re d about 500 km
Brake s :
Do not re s t your foot on the brake
pe dal while the car is in motion. Eve n
s light continuous pre s s ure on the brake
pe dal could caus e ove rhe ating, brake
pad we ar or e ve n brake s ys te m failure .
Aquaplaning:
Whe n driving on we t or s lus hy s urface s ,
re duce s pe e d to pre ve nt a we dge of
wate r from forming be twe e n the tyre
and the road. This s ituation, known as
aquaplaning, me ans that the tyre can
actually los e contact comple te ly with
the road s urface , s o that the car can
ne ithe r be s te e re d nor can the brake s
be prope rly applie d.
Wate r on roads :
Whe n the re is wate r on the roads , only
drive through to a max. de pth of 30 cm
(12 in), and no fas te r than a walking
pace , othe rwis e damage to the e ngine ,
e le ctrical s ys te m and trans mis s ion may
be caus e d.
Re ar-window s he lf:
Do not place he avy or hard obje cts on
the s he lf, or the s e could injure the car's
occupants whe n the brake s are ap-
plie d.
Running in Driving hints
129n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
Driving hints Catalytic converter
Coat hooks :
Ite ms of clothing hung from the hooks
mus t not obs truct the drive r's vie w. Do
not hang he avy obje cts from the hooks ,
the y could caus e injury to the car's oc-
cupants during s udde n or he avy brak-
ing or avoidance manoe uvre s .<
The catalytic conve rte r re duce s the pol-
lutant conte nt of the e xhaus t gas .
Cars with a s park-ignition e ngine mus t
be run on unle ade d pe trol.
Eve n ve ry s mall amounts of le ad in the
fue l are s ufficie nt to damage the oxyge n
s e ns or and the catalytic conve rte r pe r-
mane ntly.
To e ns ure that the e ngine always ope r-
ate s corre ctly and re liably, and to avoid
damaging it, the following ins tructions
s hould complie d with:
> Always comply with the s pe cifie d
mainte nance work
> Do not run the fue l tank e mpty
> Tow-s tart the car only whe n the e n-
gine is cold, to pre ve nt unburne d fue l
from igniting in the catalytic conve rte r
and caus ing damage . It is be tte r to
jump-s tart the car
> Avoid any othe r s ituations in which
fue l re mains unburne d or is only par-
tially burne d, for e xample : running the
s tarte r motor too fre que ntly or for e x-
ce s s ive ly long pe riods in rapid s uc-
ce s s ion if the e ngine doe s not s tart
(though the e ngine can of cours e be
s toppe d and re s tarte d at any time if it
is running corre ctly). Running the
e ngine with a s park plug le ad de -
tache d.
Always comply with the above
pre cautions , to pre ve nt unburne d
fue l from re aching the catalytic con-
ve rte r. Othe rwis e the re is a ris k of the
catalytic conve rte r ove rhe ating and be -
ing damage d.
High te mpe rature s occur on all ve hicle s
e quippe d with a catalytic conve rte r.
Ne ve r re move the he at s hie lds prote ct-
ing the e xhaus t s ys te m, nor apply un-
de rs e al to the m. Make s ure that whe n
driving or parking the car or whe n the
e ngine is idling, no mate rial which could
catch fire e as ily (e .g. hay, le ave s , gras s
e tc.) can come into contact with the hot
e xhaus t s ys te m. It could ignite and
caus e a fire , with the ris k of s e ve re inju-
rie s or damage .<
130nAnti-lock brake system (ABS)
The principle
ABS pre ve nts the whe e ls from locking
whe n the brake s are applie d, and thus
incre as e s active s afe ty. Locke d whe e ls
are dange rous , be caus e the front
whe e ls cannot the n be s te e re d and the
re ar whe e ls may s lide s ide ways and
caus e the car to s pin or s lide off the
road.
With ABS in action, the car achie ve s the
s horte s t pos s ible braking dis tance s for
the pre vailing conditions (s traight-line
braking or corne ring, on as phalt, ice ,
we t roads e tc.).
ABS is capable of s atis fying two funda-
me ntal re quire me nts whe ne ve r the
brake s are applie d:
> Safe drive s tability
> Se cure s te e ring and manoe uvrability
on diffe ring road s urface s (as phalt,
ce me nt, mud, rain, s now, ice ).
Braking with ABS
The s ys te m functions above approx.
8 km/h (5 mph). Be low about 3 km/h, it
s tops ope rating. The whe e ls can the re -
fore the ore tically te nd to lock during the
final s tage s of braking action. Howe ve r,
in practice , this is not cons ide re d to be
critical.
You us e ABS mos t e ffe ctive ly by apply-
ing maximum brake pre s s ure in s itua-
tions which call for this ("full braking").
Since you re tain s te e ring control of the
car, you are s till able , de s pite hard
braking, to avoid any obs tacle s with re l-
ative ly calm move me nt of the s te e ring
whe e l.
The ABS re gulation cycle take s place
within fractions of a s e cond. The brake
pe dal puls ate s to warn the drive r that
the ABS is active and the re fore that the
car is re aching the adhe s ion limit. In ad-
dition, a rattling nois e re minds you as
a cons e que nce of the ABS action that
the friction coe fficie nt or grip be twe e n
tyre and road s urface (s lippe ry s urface )
is diminis hing, and that you s hould re -
duce your road s pe e d accordingly.
On roads with loos e s urface s on a firm
bas e , e .g. on grave l or s now, and whe n
driving with s now chains , you may find
the braking dis tance is gre ate r than
whe n the whe e ls are locke d. Howe ve r,
the advantage s of gre ate r s tability and
the ability to s te e r while braking are s till
available to the drive r.
Information for your safety
Eve n ABS is unable to ove rcome the
laws of phys ics . It cannot abs olve the
drive r from the cons e que nce s of brak-
ing too late , maintaining ins ufficie nt
s pace from ve hicle s ahe ad, e xce e ding
the limits of adhe s ion whe n corne ring at
s pe e d or e ncounte ring a poor s tre tch of
road whe re aquaplaning occurs . Avoid-
ing s uch s ituations re mains the drive r's
re s pons ibility. Although ABS e nhance s
active driving s afe ty, this s hould not be
re garde d as an invitation to take corre -
s pondingly gre ate r ris ks .
Make no modifications to the ABS
s ys te m.
All work on the ABS s hould be e n-
trus te d only to s kille d, authorize d pe r-
s onne l.<
131n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
ABS Disc brakes
In the event of a fault
the ABS warning lamp lights up,
re fe r to page 20. The brake s ys -
te m the n ope rate s as it would in
cars not fitte d with ABS. Arrange to
have this e xamine d by BMW Se rvice as
s oon as pos s ible . Additional faults to
the brake s ys te m could othe rwis e occur
without be ing re adily appare nt.
Dis c brake s offe r maximum braking e ffi-
cie ncy, re s pons ive control of braking
force and the ability to re s is t s e ve re
loads .
If the car is us e d only for s hort dis -
tance s , is out of us e for le ngthy pe riods
or not s ubje ct to more than light loads ,
corros ion of the brake dis cs and con-
tamination of the brake pads may oc-
cur, be caus e the minimum contact
pre s s ure be twe e n pads and dis cs ,
which is ne e de d to ge ne rate a s e lf-
cle aning e ffe ct, has not be e n re ache d.
Whe n the brake s are applie d, corrode d
dis cs te nd to judde r, and e ve n le ngthy
brake applications us ually fail to e limi-
nate this e ffe ct e ntire ly.
To e ns ure that the car's s afe ty is
not affe cte d, us e only brake pads
and linings approve d by BMW.<
Driving hints
In damp we athe r or he avy rain it is ad-
vis able to apply the brake s with light
pe dal pre s s ure e ve ry fe w kilome tre s .
Whe n doing s o, make s ure that no othe r
road-us e r is e ndange re d. This will ge n-
e rate s ufficie nt he at to dry out the dis cs
and pads .
It is a we ll-known fact that the mos t e f-
fe ctive braking is obtaine d not with
locke d whe e ls but whe n the y are s till
jus t rotating. ABS maintains this s tate of
affairs automatically. Should the ABS
malfunction, the drive r s hould adopt the
cade nce braking principle if pos s ible
(s e e page 134).
To avoid any ris k of brake fade whe n
de s ce nding long or s te e p hills , s e le ct
the ge ar which calls for a minimum
amount of braking (or s hift the auto-
matic trans mis s ion down to an e quiva-
le nt s pe e d s tage ).
The e ngine 's braking e ffe ct can be fur-
the r incre as e d by s e le cting a lowe r ge ar
or, with automatic trans mis s ion, 1s t ge ar
or le ve r pos ition 2.
132nDisc brakes Brakes
If e ngine braking alone is ins ufficie nt,
do not apply the brake s for too long
with only s light or mode rate force . In-
s te ad, it is be tte r to brake the car quite
hard (providing that the road be hind you
is cle ar) s o that your s pe e d is re duce d
notice ably, and to re pe at this proce s s
at brie f inte rvals as ne ce s s ary. The
cooling-down phas e s be twe e n the s e
brake applications s hould avoid ove r-
he ating and maintain full braking e ffi-
cie ncy.
Ne ve r drive with the clutch pe dal-
he ld on, with the s hift or s e le ctor
le ve r in ne utral, or while the e ngine is
s witche d off, othe rwis e e ngine braking
action will not be pre s e nt with the
trans mis s ion in ne utral and the re will be
no powe r as s is tance to the brake s
while the e ngine is s witche d off.
Make s ure that the full trave l of the
brake , clutch and acce le rator pe dals is
not obs tructe d by floor mats , carpe ts or
othe r obje cts .<
Dynamic Brake Control DBC*
If the brake pe dal is pre s s e d down rap-
idly, this s ys te m automatically boos ts
the braking force to a maximum and
thus he lps to pull the car up in the
s horte s t pos s ible dis tance whe n a full
brake application is made . It als o make s
full us e of the advantage s offe re d by
ABS.
Maintain pre s s ure on the brake pe dal
during the e ntire brake application. If
the brake pe dal is re le as e d, DBC will be
s witche d off.
If a malfunction occurs , the ye l-
low warning lamp come s on.
Normal brake action re mains
available without re s triction.
Have the s ys te m che cke d at the ne xt
opportunity by BMW Se rvice .
Ple as e note the "Information for
your s afe ty" conce rning ABS on
page 130. It als o applie s to DBC whe re
appropriate .<
Brake fluid level
The brake hydraulics warning
lamp lights up or the me s s age
"Che ck brake fluid" appe ars in
the Che ck Control dis play:
The brake fluid le ve l in the re s e rvoir is
too low (s e e page 161).
If the brake fluid le ve l is too low and if
brake pe dal trave l is much longe r than
us ual, one of the two hydraulic brake
circuits may have faile d.
Braking pe rformance is s till ade quate
with the re maining brake circuit in us e .
Vis it your ne are s t BMW Se rvice .
Whe n driving the car in this condi-
tion, note that highe r brake pe dal pre s -
s ure and cons ide rably longe r brake
pe dal trave l may be ne ce s s ary. Modify
your driving s tyle accordingly.<
The warning lamp als o come s on whe n
the CHECK BRAKE LININGS warning
appe ars on the Che ck Control dis play.
133n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
Brakes Winter operation
Brake pads
The warning lamp for the brake
linings lights up, or the me s s age
"Che ck brake linings " appe ars in
the Che ck Control dis play:
The brake linings have re ache d the s afe
limit for lining we ar. To re place the m,
vis it your ne are s t BMW Se rvice at the
ne xt available opportunity.
To e ns ure that the car's s afe ty is
not affe cte d, us e only brake pads
and linings approve d by BMW.<
The winte r, with its fre que ntly changing
we athe r conditions , not only calls for
your s tyle of driving to be modifie d as
appropriate but als o for ce rtain me a-
s ure s to be take n to e ns ure that your
car can be drive n s afe ly and re liably
Coolant
Ens ure that the 50:50 mix ratio (wate r/
long-te rm anti-fre e ze and corros ion in-
hibitor) is pre s e nt. This is e quivale nt to
fros t re s is tance down to approx. 376.
Re ne w the coolant e ve ry 4 ye ars .
Locks
BMW door lock de -ice r can be us e d to
fre e the m if froze n. This de -ice r als o
contains lubricant.
Afte r its us e , tre atme nt with BMW lock
barre l gre as e is re comme nde d.
Rubber parts
To pre ve nt rubbe r parts on doors , bon-
ne t and boot from fre e zing s olid, coat
the m with a rubbe r care age nt or with
BMW s ilicone s pray.
BMW Se rvice can s upply s uitable
car-care products .<
Diesel fuel
To e ns ure that the die s e l e ngine ope r-
ate s re liably during the cold s e as on of
the ye ar, it mus t be run on winte r-grade
die s e l oil, which garage s us ually s e ll
during the pe riod in que s tion. Fue l filte r
he ating is ins talle d as s tandard e quip-
me nt to pre ve nt the fue l from s olidifying
during ope ration.
The us e of flow improve rs is not pe rmit-
te d, as the s e can le ad to proble ms in
the fue l s ys te m.
Snow chains
BMW s now chains * may be fitte d to
both s umme r and winte r tyre s , but only
to both re ar whe e ls . Always obs e rve the
manufacture r's s afe ty re comme nda-
tions . Whe n s now chains are in us e , do
not e xce e d 50 km/h (approx. 30 mph).
To improve traction, it is advis able to
s witch off the ASC+T/DSC* whe n s now
chains are fitte d, re fe r to page 86.
134nWinter operation
Moving away from a standstill
To s e t off in de e p s now, or to "rock the
car fre e ", it is advis able to s witch off the
ASC+T/DSC*, re fe r to page 86.
Driving on slippery roads
Ope rate the acce le rator pe dal ge ntly,
avoid high e ngine s pe e ds and s hift up
to the ne xt highe r ge ar e arly. On uphill
or downhill gradie nts , change down to
the ne xt lowe r ge ar in good time .
Maintain a s afe dis tance from the ve hi-
cle in front.
Brakes
Winte r road conditions gre atly re duce
the amount of tyre grip that is available ,
s o that the drive r mus t e xpe ct braking
dis tance s to be cons ide rably longe r
than us ual in e ve ry s ituation.
ABS pre ve nts the whe e ls from locking,
s o that the car re mains s table and can
always be s te e re d.
Should the ABS fail and the road
whe e ls lock, re duce pre s s ure on the
brake pe dal until the whe e ls jus t s tart to
turn, but s till re main brake d.
The n incre as e pe dal pre s s ure again, re -
duce whe n the whe e ls s tart to lock the n
incre as e again e tc.
This inte rmitte nt braking action (the ca-
de nce braking principle ) re duce s brak-
ing dis tance s and you re tain s te e ring
control of your car at the s ame time .
You can s till try to drive round dange r
are as once you have re duce d the brake
pe dal pre s s ure .
If the road s urface is s lippe ry, do
not s hift to a lowe r ge ar in orde r to
s low the car, or e ls e the re ar whe e ls
may s lip and you could los e control of
the car as a re s ult.<
Whe n applying the brake s hard on
s lippe ry roads or if the amount of
s urface grip varie s wide ly, always de -
clutch as we ll.<
Correcting a skid
De pre s s the clutch pe dal, re le as e the
acce le rator pe dal or s e t the automatic
trans mis s ion s e le ctor le ve r to N. Try to
s te e r into the s kid and bring the car
unde r control in this way.
135n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
Winter operation Power steering Self-levelling suspension*
Parking
Se le ct 1s t ge ar or re ve rs e , or move the
automatic trans mis s ion s e le ctor le ve r to
P. If the gradie nt make s it ne ce s s ary,
apply the handbrake as we ll on cars
with a manual-s hift ge arbox. To pre ve nt
the handbrake linings from s ticking to
the drums in fre e zing we athe r or as a
re s ult of corros ion, dry out the hand-
brake brie fly firs t, by applying it as the
car is coming to a halt. Make s ure that
following traffic is not e ndange re d.
The brake lights do not come on
whe n the handbrake is applie d.<
If the s te e ring is s tiff to turn:
Che ck oil le ve l; s e e page 162.
Ste e ring be come s he avy whe n you turn
the s te e ring whe e l rapidly:
Without fail, vis it BMW Se rvice to have
your s te e ring s ys te m che cke d.
Special instruction for
Servotronic*
If s te e ring be come s lighte r as s pe e d in-
cre as e s :
An e le ctronic fault has occurre d. Have it
re ctifie d by BMW Se rvice .
If the powe r as s is tance s hould fail,
gre ate r e ffort will be re quire d at
the s te e ring whe e l.<
If the s e lf-le ve lling s us pe ns ion
te lltale lamp come s on or the
Che ck Control dis plays SELF-
LEVEL SUSP.INACT., a malfunction has
occurre d in the s e lf-le ve lling s us pe n-
s ion.
Stop the car and e xamine it. If the body
is dis tinctly lowe r at the back than at
the front, and pos s ibly s tanding at an
angle (for ins tance , lowe r at the le ft than
at the right), take it to the ne are s t BMW
Se rvice . Drive cautious ly while the car
is in this condition. The car's ground
cle arance is re duce d and its ride com-
fort be low the us ual s tandard.
Eve n if the car appe ars to be at its nor-
mal ride he ight and attitude , always
take it to a BMW Se rvice if a malfunc-
tion is dis playe d.
136nDDE Car phone* Car radio
Digital Diesel Electronics (DDE)
If the DDE warning lamp come s
on during a journe y or the Che ck
Control dis plays FUEL INJECT.
SYS, a malfunction of the e le ctronic fue l
inje ction s ys te m has occurre d.
Exce pt in an e xtre me s ituation whe re
the e ngine re fus e s to run, the car can
s till be drive n, s ince the e ngine man-
age me nt s ys te m has an e me rge ncy-run
program. Note , howe ve r, that full pe r-
formance may not be available whe n
this program is in us e . For this re as on,
the fue l inje ction s ys te m s hould be
che cke d as s oon as pos s ible by BMW
Se rvice .
Only mobile communication s ys te ms
(car phone , radio te le phone e tc.) with a
rating of max. 10 Watts are pe rmitte d.
The y can s till caus e malfunctions whe n
the car is be ing ope rate d if the y are not
inte nde d for us e with your car. Since
BMW cannot e xamine and te s t e ach
product, it is unable to acce pt any re -
s pons ibility for the ins tallation of ite ms it
has not approve d. Be fore purchas ing
any s uch s ys te m you are re comme nde d
to obtain advice from BMW Se rvice .
In orde r to s afe guard your BMW's ope r-
ating re liability, do not ope rate any in-
car te le phone s or othe r mobile radio
e quipme nt with an ae rial ins ide the car
or not fitte d to the car's e xte rior.
De tach the te le phone ae rial be fore
driving the car on to a car train or
into a car was h.<
The re ce ption and re production quality
of a mobile radio s ys te m de pe nds on
the range of the de s ire d s tation, your lo-
cation for re ce ption and the alignme nt
of the ae rial.
Adve rs e factors s uch as high voltage
wire s , buildings or natural obs tacle s
can caus e nois e inte rfe re nce e ve n if
your car is e quippe d with optimum s up-
pre s s ion.
Climatic influe nce s s uch as the inte ns ity
of s olar radiation, fog, rain or s nowfall
can als o inte rfe re with radio re ce ption.
Car phone s not re comme nde d by BMW
or mobile phone s may als o inte rfe re
with the car's radio whe n the y are us e d.
In s uch cas e s , a low-fre que ncy hum is
ofte n he ard.
Ope ration and tuning of your car radio
are de s cribe d in the s e parate ins truc-
tions accompanying this handbook.
137n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
Information for your safety
The radial-ply tyre s approve d for your
car are matche d to its characte ris tics
and e ns ure not only optimum road
s afe ty but als o the de s ire d le ve l of ride
comfort
The condition of the tyre s and mainte -
nance of the s pe cifie d tyre pre s s ure s
not only influe nce tyre life but als o road
s afe ty to a ve ry cons ide rable e xte nt.
Incorre ct pre s s ure s are ofte n a caus e of
tyre proble ms . The y als o have a cons id-
e rable e ffe ct on the roadholding of your
BMW.
Che ck the tyre pre s s ure als o of
the s pare whe e l at re gular inte r-
vals , at le as t twice a month and be fore
s e tting out on any long journe ys . Incor-
re ct tyre pre s s ure s can adve rs e ly affe ct
the car's roadholding and caus e tyre
damage , which could re s ult in an acci-
de nt.<
Tyre tread tyre damage
Ins pe ct the tyre s fre que ntly for damage ,
the pre s e nce of fore ign bodie s , unus ual
we ar and s ufficie nt tre ad de pth.
Tre ad de pth s hould if pos s ible not be
allowe d to drop be low 3 mm (approx.
0.12 in). We ar indicators (arrow) in the
tre ad re ce s s e s indicate whe n a tre ad
de pth of 1.6 mm has be e n re ache d; this
is the Europe an le gal limit for pas s e nge r
car tyre s in Europe . Be low a tre ad
de pth of 3 mm the re is a ris k of aqua-
planing at fairly high road s pe e ds e ve n
if the wate r is not ve ry de e p.
3
9
0
d
e
3
3
1
Do not continue driving with a flat
tyre . If air pre s s ure is los t from a
tyre , this s e rious ly affe cts the car's han-
dling and braking, and could caus e the
drive r to los e control.
Avoid ove rloading the car, as this could
caus e the tyre s ' load capacity limit to be
e xce e de d. Othe rwis e you could ove r-
he at the tyre s and caus e inte rnal dam-
age to the m in the s hort to me dium
te rm. In s ome cas e s , this can re s ult in
s udde n los s of tyre pre s s ure .
Unus ual vibration while the car is be ing
drive n could indicate a tyre fault or
s ome othe r de fe ct on your car. The
s ame applie s to any othe r abnormal
road be haviour, s uch as pulling s e ve re ly
to the right or le ft. In s uch cas e s , re duce
s pe e d imme diate ly. Proce e d care fully to
the ne are s t BMW Se rvice or tyre de ale r,
or have the car towe d the re s o that it
can be che cke d or its tyre s ins pe cte d.
All forms of tyre damage (which could in
the wors t cas e le ad to s udde n and total
los s of pre s s ure ) re pre s e nt a ris k of s e ri-
ous or e ve n fatal injury to the car's oc-
cupants and to all othe r road us e rs .<
Tyre pressures Condition of tyres
138n New tyres Wheel-changing
To maintain the car's good road be hav-
iour, always fit tyre s of the s ame make
and tre ad patte rn to all whe e ls .
Do not us e re tre ade d tyre s , as
the s e could have adve rs e e ffe cts
on the car's s afe ty. The ir carcas e s may
diffe r in inte rnal cons truction or have
age d s ufficie ntly to cas t doubt on the ir
durability.<
Age of tyres
A tyre 's date of manufacture is s hown
as part of the ins cription on the tyre
wall:
DOT ... 328 me ans for ins tance that the
tyre was manufacture d in We e k 32 of
the ye ar 1998.
BMW re comme nds tyre re place me nt
afte r not more than 6 ye ars , e ve n if
tyre s up to 10 ye ars old may s till be
s uitable .
Spare tyre s more than 6 ye ars old
s hould be re s e rve d for ge nuine e me r-
ge ncie s , e .g. if a re gular tyre has be -
come puncture d. Ne w tyre s s hould be
fitte d in the ir place as s oon as pos s ible ,
and the y s hould no longe r be brought
into re gular s e rvice whe n ne w tyre s are
fitte d.
Between the axles
Tre ad we ar patte rns diffe r at the front
and re ar whe e ls according to individual
ope rating conditions . In the inte re s ts of
s afe ty and the car's road be haviour, in-
te rchanging the m is not re comme nde d.
If a cos t advantage is anticipate d as a
re s ult of inte rchanging the whe e ls from
front to re ar, always re me mbe r that the
actual re moval and fitting of the whe e ls
may incur additional cos t which may
not be jus tifie d by the e xpe cte d in-
cre as e in tyre life . If whe e ls are inte r-
change d, this s hould always be unde r-
take n at re lative ly fre que nt inte rvals
(max. 5000 km/3000 mile s ). BMW Se rv-
ice will gladly advis e you.
If you do de cide to inte rchange the
whe e ls , ple as e take the following pre -
cautions :
do s o only be twe e n front and re ar on
e ach s ide of the car, othe rwis e braking
re s pons e and road grip may be ad-
ve rs e ly affe cte d.
Always che ck tyre pre s s ure s afte r fit-
ting, and adjus t as ne ce s s ary.
Neve r inte rchange whe e ls be -
twe e n the front and re ar axle s if
tyre s of diffe re nt s ize s are tte d (s e e
page 141 onwards ).<
139n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
Wheel and tyre combinations
Choosing the correct tyres
Us e only tyre s approve d by BMW; s e e
page 141 onwards .
In vie w of the car's top s pe e d, ce rtain
make s and s ize s of tyre are compul-
s ory. De tails can be obtaine d from
BMW Se rvice .
Comply with any re le vant national or
local re gulations .
The corre ct whe e l and tyre combi-
nation has an influe nce on various
s ys te ms , the function of which could
othe rwis e be adve rs e ly affe cte d, for in-
s tance ABS, AGS, ASC+T/DSC.
For this re as on, us e only tyre s of the
s ame make and tre ad patte rn on all
whe e ls , and afte r a puncture , for in-
s tance , fit the approve d whe e l and
tyre combination again as s oon as pos -
s ible .<
Markings on tyres and wheels
The corre ct choice is made e as ie r if the
me aning of the tyre markings is unde r-
s tood.
Markings on radial-ply tyre s :
The s pe e d code le tte r indicate s the
maximum pe rmis s ible s pe e d at which
the tyre is to be ope rate d.
On s umme r tyre s :
S = up to 180 km/h (112 mph)
T = up to 190 km/h (118 mph)
H = up to 210 km/h (131 mph)
V = up to 240 km/h (149 mph)
W = up to 270 km/h (168 mph)
Y = ove r 270 km/h (168 mph)
ZR = ove r 240 km/h (149 mph)
e . g.
Nominal width
in millime tre s
As pe ct ratio in X
Code le tte r for radial ply
Rim diame te r in inche s
Load capacity figure
(not on ZR tyre s )
Spe e d code le tte r
(ahe ad of the R on ZR tyre s )
225/60 R 15 96 W
On winte r tyre s :
Q M+S = up to 160 km/h (100 mph)
T M+S = up to 190 km/h (118 mph)
H M+S = up to 210 km/h (131 mph)
Markings on light alloy whe e ls :
Pre ve nt dirt from e nte ring the tyre
valve s by attaching s cre w-on dus t
caps . Dirt in the tyre valve can ofte n
le ad to a gradual los s of air pre s s ure .
Rim width
in inche s
Shoulde r patte rn
code le tte r
Symbol for we ll-bas e rim
Rim diame te r in inche s
Hump on 2 rim flange s
7 x 15 H 2 J
140nWinter tyres
The correct tyres
BMW re comme nds you to fit winte r
tyre s (M+S radial-ply) if the car is us e d
for driving in winte ry conditions . Al-
though tyre s s old for all-ye ar us e with
an M+S marking have be tte r winte r
characte ris tics than s umme r tyre s
marke d with s pe e d le tte rs H, V, W or
ZR, the y do not normally match the pe r-
formance of winte r tyre s .
In the inte re s ts of re liable dire ctional
s tability and s te e rability, fit winte r tyre s
of the s ame make and tre ad patte rn to
all four road whe e ls .
Fit only winte r tyre s approve d by BMW.
BMW Se rvice will gladly advis e you on
the corre ct winte r tyre s for the condi-
tions in which your car has to ope rate .
Note the speed limit applicable to
these tyres
In Ge rmany: a warning notice s tating
the maximum pe rmitte d s pe e d with
winte r tyre s fitte d mus t be dis playe d in
the drive r's fie ld of vie w if the car is ca-
pable s pe e d highe r than that pe rmitte d
for the tyre s (ple as e che ck for s imilar lo-
cal le gis lation). Tyre de ale rs and BMW
Se rvice can s upply the s e labe ls .
Neve r exce e d the maximum s pe e d
laid down for the winte r tyre s tte d
to your car.
Lack of e xpe rt knowle dge or incorre ct
handling of tyre s can caus e damage
and le ad to accide nts .
All work on tyre s s hould the re fore be
carrie d out only by e xpe rts . BMW Se rv-
ice will gladly place its s pe cialis e d
knowle dge and facilitie s at your dis -
pos al.<
Tyre condition and tyre pressures
Be low a tre ad de pth of 4 mm (0.16 in),
winte r tyre s be come notice ably le s s
s uitable for winte r driving conditions
and s hould the re fore be re place d for
s afe ty re as ons .
Ke e p to the s pe cifie d tyre pre s s ure s
and have the whe e ls and tyre s re bal-
ance d e ach time the whe e ls are
change d or ne w tyre s fitte d.
Tyre storage
Store whe e ls and tyre s in a cool, dry
and pre fe rably dark place whe n not in
us e . Prote ct tyre s agains t contamina-
tion from oil, gre as e and fue l.
Snow chains*
Fine -link BMW s now chains may be fit-
te d to e ithe r s umme r or winte r tyre s ,
but only to both re ar whe e ls . Whe n fit-
ting, comply with the manufacture r's in-
s tructions .
141n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
Approved wheel and tyre sizes saloon
Tyre s ize s Pre s s e d-s te e l
whe e l
Alloy whe e l
BMW 520i, 523i, 525td/tds
Summe r
205/65 R 15 94 V 6.5Jx15
7Jx15
225/60 R 15 96 V 7Jx15
225/55 R 16 95 V 7Jx16
235/45 R 17 94 W 8Jx17
Front: 235/45 R 17 94 W 8Jx17
Re ar: 255/40 R 17 94W 9Jx17
Winte r (M+S)
205/65 R 15 94 Q/T/H 6.5Jx15
7Jx15
6.5Jx15
7Jx15
225/60 R 15 96 Q/T/H 7Jx15 7Jx15
225/55 R 16 95 Q/T/H 7Jx16
235/45 R 17 94 Q/T/H 8Jx17
BMW 525td
For s umme r tyre s , tyre s of s pe e d cate -
gory "H" are s ufficie nt.
142n Approved wheel and tyre sizes saloon
whe e l
Alloy whe e l
BMW 528i, 530d
Summe r
225/60 R 15 96 W 7Jx15
225/55 R 16 95 W 7Jx16
235/45 R 17 94 W 8Jx17
Front: 235/45 R 17 94 W 8Jx17
Re ar: 255/40 R 17 94W 9Jx17
Winte r (M+S)
205/65 R 15 94 Q/T/H 6.5Jx15
7Jx15
6.5Jx15
7Jx15
225/60 R 15 96 Q/T/H 7Jx15 7Jx15
225/55 R 16 95 Q/T/H 7Jx16
235/45 R 17 94 Q/T/H 8Jx17
BMW 530d
Whe e l s ize 6.5Jx15 is not approve d.
143n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
Approved wheel and tyre sizes saloon
whe e l
Alloy whe e l
BMW 535i, 540i
Summe r
225/55 R 16 95 W 7Jx16
235/45 R 17 94 W 8Jx17
Front: 235/45 R 17 94 W 8Jx17
Re ar: 255/40 R 17 94W 9Jx17
Winte r (M+S)
225/55 R 16 95 Q/T/H 7Jx16
235/45 R 17 94 Q/T/H 8Jx17
Comply with the tyre and whe e l data s tate d in the car's docu-
me nts . If tyre and whe e l s ize s not s tate d in the car's official re g-
is tration docume nts are fitte d, a s pe cial e ntry mus t be made .
Snow chains*
Snow chains cannot be fitte d to 17-inch
whe e ls .
144n Approved wheel and tyre sizes touring
whe e l
Alloy whe e l
BMW 520i, 523i, 525tds
Summe r
205/65 R 15 94 V 7Jx15
225/60 R 15 96 V 7Jx15
225/55 R 16 95 V 7Jx16
235/45 R 17 94 W 8Jx17
Winte r (M+S)
205/65 R 15 94 Q/T/H 7Jx15 7Jx15
225/60 R 15 96 Q/T/H 7Jx15 7Jx15
225/55 R 16 95 Q/T/H 7Jx16
235/45 R 17 94 Q/T/H 8Jx17
BMW 528i, 530d
Summe r
225/60 R 15 96 W 7Jx15
225/55 R 16 95 W 7Jx16
235/45 R 17 94 W 8Jx17
Winte r (M+S)
225/60 R 15 96 Q/T/H 7Jx15 7Jx15
225/55 R 16 95 Q/T/H 7Jx16
235/45 R 17 94 Q/T/H 8Jx17
BMW 523i touring
Tyre s ize 205/65 R 15 94 V is not
approve d.
145n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
Approved wheel and tyre sizes touring
whe e l
Alloy whe e l
BMW 540i
Summe r
225/55 R 16 95 W 7Jx16
235/45 R 17 94 Y 8Jx17
Winte r (M+S)
225/55 R 16 95 Q/T/H 7Jx16
235/45 R 17 94 Q/T/H 8Jx17
Comply with the tyre and whe e l data s tate d in the car's docu-
me nts . If tyre and whe e l s ize s not s tate d in the car's official re gis -
tration docume nts are fitte d, a s pe cial e ntry mus t be made .
Snow chains*
Snow chains cannot be fitte d to 17-inch
whe e ls .
146n
147n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
Unlocking
Pull the le ve r at the le ft unde r the fas cia.
Do not work on the car unle s s you
pos s e s s the appropriate s pe cial-
is e d knowle dge . Be fore working in the
e ngine compartme nt, s witch off the e n-
gine and allow it time to cool. Dis con-
ne ct the batte ry be fore working on the
e le ctrical s ys te m. For any work on the
car at all, comply with the re le vant
note s and ins tructions . If unfamiliar with
the re gulations which have to be com-
plie d with, have the work pe rforme d by
BMW Se rvice ; incorre ct handling of
parts and mate rials could re pre s e nt a
s afe ty ris k for the car's occupants or
othe r road us e rs .<
3
9
0
d
e
0
7
1
To open
pull the re le as e le ve r and ope n the lid.
3
9
0
d
e
0
7
2
To close
Pre s s the e ngine compartme nt lid
lightly at the points illus trate d (arrows )
to clos e it, or allow it to drop from a
he ight of approx. 10 cm (4 in) until it is
he ard to e ngage .
To avoid injurie s , as whe n clos ing
all doors or lids on the car, make
s ure that the e ngine compartme nt lid is
unobs tructe d.
If you notice during the journe y that the
e ngine comparte me nt has not be e n
prope rly clos e d, s top the car at the e ar-
lie s t pos s ible mome nt and clos e it cor-
re ctly.<
3
9
0
d
e
0
7
3
Engine hood
148nEngine compartment BMW 520i, 523i, 528i
3
9
0
d
e
3
7
2
149n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
Engine compartment BMW 520i, 523i, 528i
1 Engine oil dips tick 157
2 Re s e rvoir for brake fluid (unde r the
microfilte r hous ing) 161
3 Jump-s tart conne ction point 196
4 Powe r s te e ring oil re s e rvoir 162
5 Coolant le ve l-e qualizing tank 160
6 Engine oil fille r cap 157
7 Re s e rvoir for inte ns ive cle aning
s ys te m 156
8 Re s e rvoir for winds cre e n was he r
and he adlamp cle aning s ys te m 156
150nEngine compartment BMW 535i, 540i
3
9
0
d
e
1
3
0
151n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
Engine compartment BMW 535i, 540i
s ys te m 156
152nEngine compartment BMW 525td/tds
3
9
0
d
e
1
1
6
153n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
Engine compartment BMW 525td/tds
s ys te m 156
154nEngine compartment BMW 530d
3
9
0
d
e
3
5
2
155n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
Engine compartment BMW 530d
s ys te m 156
156nWasher fluid Washer jets
Headlight cleaning system* and
windscreen washer
Capacity in litre s (Imp. pints )
Winds cre e n was he r:
approx. 3.5 (6.2) s aloon
approx. 6.0 (10.6) touring
Incl. he adlamp cle aning s ys te m:
approx. 6.0 (10.6).
Fill with wate r and whe n re quire d
with anti-fre e ze according to manufac-
ture r's ins tructions .
It is be s t to mix the wate r and
additive be fore filling the was he r
fluid tank.<
3
9
0
d
e
0
8
2
Intensive cleaning system*
Conte nt app. 1.0 litre (1.8 pints ).
Fill with inte ns ive cle aning age nt. This is
fros t-re s is tant down to approx. 276
and can be obtaine d from BMW Se rv-
ice .
Antifre e ze for the cle aning or in-
te ns ive cle aning s ys te ms is e as ily
flammable . Ke e p it away from pos s ible
ignition s ource s and s tore it only in the
care fully s e ale d original packs , out of
re ach of childre n. Comply with the in-
s tructions on the pack.<
3
9
0
d
e
0
8
3
Windscreen washer
Winds cre e n:
The je ts of liquid s hould s trike the wind-
s cre e n in s uch a way that re liable
cle aning is as s ure d e ve n at high
s pe e ds . Corre ct the dire ction of the je t
if ne ce s s ary by ins e rting a ne e dle and
moving the je t as re quire d, or have this
work pe rforme d by BMW Se rvice .
Re ar window:
Have the s e je ts adjus te d by BMW Se rv-
ice if ne ce s s ary.
Headlight cleaning system
Have the s e je ts adjus te d by BMW Se rv-
ice if ne ce s s ary.
157n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
Engine oil
Checking engine oil level
1 Pos ition the car on a flat, le ve l s ur-
face
2 Switch off the e ngine , which s hould
be at its re gular ope rating te mpe ra-
ture
3 Afte r about 5 minute s , take out the
dips tick and wipe it cle an with a non-
fluffy cloth, pape r tis s ue or s imilar
4 Pus h the dips tick fully back into the
tube , the n pull it out again
5 The oil le ve l mus t be be twe e n the two
marks on the dips tick.
Like fue l cons umption, e ngine oil con-
s umption de pe nds on driving s tyle and
ope rating conditions .
3
9
0
d
e
0
7
6
The quantity of oil be twe e n the two
dips tick marks is approx. 1 litre
(1.75 pints ). Do not add oil above the
uppe r dips tick mark. Adding too much
oil will harm the e ngine .
4
6
0
d
e
1
8
9
Adding engine oil
Do not add more oil until the le ve l has
droppe d almos t as far as the lowe r dip-
s tick mark. Howe ve r, the oil le ve l s hould
not be allowe d to fall be low the lowe r
dips tick mark.
BMW e ngine s are de s igne d not to
ne e d s e parate additive s in the e n-
gine oil, and inde e d adding the s e s ub-
s tance s could e ve n be harmful in ce r-
tain circums tance s . This applie s to
manual-s hift ge arbox or automatic
trans mis s ion, final drive and powe r
s te e ring.<
3
9
0
d
e
0
7
7
158nEngine oil
Specified engine oils
The quality of the e ngine oil is a de ci-
s ive factor for the corre ct ope ration and
long life of your car's e ngine . BMW has
conducte d e xte ns ive te s ts be fore ap-
proving ce rtain grade s of e ngine oil.
Spark-ignition e ngine s :
Us e only an approve d grade of "long-
life " oil.
If you are unable to purchas e an ap-
prove d grade of "Longlife " oil, you can
top up the oil le ve l in be twe e n oil
change s , if only a s mall amount of oil is
ne e de d, with a BMW-approve d grade
of "Spe cial oil". Only if no s uch oil is
available s hould you top up the e ngine
oil le ve l with an oil to ACEA: A3 s pe cifi-
cation.
BMW Se rvice can provide de tails
of the "long-life " and "s pe cial" oils
approve d by BMW for your car's e n-
gine .<
Die s e l e ngine s :
The e ngine oil mus t always comply with
the ACEA A3 and ACEA B3 s pe cifica-
tions .
Viscosities
The vis cos ity of an oil de te rmine s its
ability to flow and is quote d as an SAE
clas s ification.
Choice of the corre ct SAE oil clas s ifica-
tion de pe nds on the climatic conditions
in which your BMW is ope rate d.
BMW re comme nds the us e of oils in
SAE cate gorie s SAE 0W-X or SAE 5W-
X. X indicate s any s uitable highe r value ,
e .g. 30, 40 or 50.
The s e oils can be us e d at any outs ide
te mpe rature s .
If an SAE 10W-X oil is us e d, te mpe ra-
ture s unde r the lowe r limit are pe rmitte d
for s hort pe riods . Howe ve r, the e ngine
may not s tart as e as ily from cold.
4
6
0
d
e
1
6
2
159n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
Engine oil
Comply with local and national
hazardous -mate rial dis pos al re gu-
lations whe n dis carding us e d oil.<
Re comme ndation: have oil change s
carrie d out only by BMW Se rvice .
In laboratory te s ts , prolonge d
contact with us e d oils has caus e d
cance r.
For this re as on, always was h the af-
fe cte d s kin are as thoroughly with s oap
and wate r afte r work.
Ke e p all oils , gre as e s e tc. in a place
which is inacce s s ible for childre n and
always re ad and comply with any warn-
ing ins tructions on the containe rs .<
160nCoolant
Do not top up the cooling s ys te m
while the e ngine is hot othe rwis e
you may s cald yours e lf on the re s ultant
coolant s te am.
To avoid the ris k of s ubs e que nt dam-
age , us e only long-life antifre e ze and
corros ion inhibitor fre e from nitrite s and
amino compounds , and approve d by
the manufacture r. BMW Se rvice is fa-
miliar with the s e products .
Antifre e ze s and corros ion inhibitors are
hazardous to he alth. Ke e p the m in
s e ale d original packs , out of re ach of
childre n.
Long-life antifre e ze and corros ion inhib-
itor contain e thyle ne glycol, which is
flammable . For this re as on, try to avoid
s pilling long-life antifre e ze and corro-
s ion inhibitor on hot parts of the e ngine ,
s ince it could caus e burns if it we re to
ignite .<
Whe n dis pos ing of us e d long-life
antifre e ze and corros ion inhibitor,
comply with the re le vant e nvironme ntal
prote ction laws .<
Checking coolant level
Die s e l e ngine :
Corre ct coolant le ve l with e ngine cold
(approx. 206):
Add to jus t be low the KALT/COLD mark
on the trans luce nt re s e rvoir.
3
9
0
d
e
3
7
3
Spark-ignition e ngine :
Corre ct coolant le ve l with e ngine cold
(approx. 206):
Uns cre w the cap on the he ade r tank.
The coolant le ve l is corre ct whe n the
uppe r e nd of the re d float rod is le ve l
with the e dge of the fille r pipe (s e e
arrow in picture or drawing ne xt to fille r
cap).
3
8
0
d
e
0
8
1
161n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
Coolant Brake fluid
Adding coolant
Ope n the cap on the e qualizing tank
only whe n the e ngine has coole d down.
The ne e dle of the coolant the rmome te r
on the ins trume nt pane l mus t be in the
blue zone , othe rwis e the re is a ris k of
be ing s calde d.
1 Turn the cap s lightly counte r-clock-
wis e until it s tarts to ope n, the n allow
the pre s s ure to e s cape be fore ope n-
ing it fully
2 Top up s lowly until the corre ct le ve l is
re ache d do not ove rfill.
The coolant cons is ts of wate r to which
a long-life antifre e ze and corros ion in-
hibitor has be e n adde d. The 50:50 mix-
ing ratio mus t be maintaine d all the ye ar
round to e ns ure prote ction agains t cor-
ros ion. No othe r additive s are ne e de d.
Re ne w the coolant e ve ry 4 ye ars .
If the warning lamp lights up for
brake hydraulics , or the me s -
s age "Che ck brake fluid" ap-
pe ars in the Che ck Control: The brake
fluid le ve l is too low in the re s e rvoir.
The brake fluid re s e rvoir is locate d un-
de r the micro-filte r hous ing on the
drive r's s ide . To top up the brake fluid,
or to re ctify the caus e of any los s of
brake fluid, ple as e cons ult BMW Se rv-
ice whos e s taff is familiar with the fac-
tory-approve d grade s of brake fluid
(DOT 4).
Los s of fluid will incre as e brake pe dal
trave l. Comply with the ins tructions on
page 132.
Brake fluid is hygros copic, that is
to s ay it abs orbs mois ture gradu-
ally from the air.
To e ns ure that the car's brake s ys te m
re mains in good working orde r, have
the brake fluid re ne we d e ve ry two ye ars
by BMW Se rvice ; s e e als o page 79, 191
and the Se rvice Bookle t.
Brake fluid is hazardous to he alth, and
als o attacks the car's paintwork. Ke e p it
in s e ale d original packs , out of re ach of
childre n.
Do not s pill brake fluid; add it only up to
the MAX mark on the re s e rvoir. If it
come s into contact with hot parts of the
e ngine , brake fluid may ignite and
caus e burns .<
Whe n dis pos ing of old brake fluid,
comply with the re le vant e nviron-
me ntal prote ction laws .<
162nPower steering oil Vehicle identification Type plate
Illus tration s hows oil re s e rvoir for BMW
520i, 523i and 528i as an e xample .
Oil re s e rvoirs on othe r mode ls :
s e e the e ngine compartme nt illus tra-
tions s tarting on page 150.
With the e ngine s tationary, uns cre w the
containe r lid and ins e rt the dips tick
once again with its cove r, but without
s cre wing it on.
The oil le ve l mus t be be twe e n the
marks on the dips tick.
Afte r che cking, s cre w on the containe r
lid.
Cons ult your local BMW Se rvice age nt
if the re is a s hortage of oil be caus e only
ATF (automatic trans mis s ion fluid) can
be us e d, and s pe cialis t knowle dge is
re quire d whe n topping up.
3
9
0
d
e
0
7
8
In the e ngine compartme nt, on the le ft
s pring s trut mounting (arrow).
3
9
0
d
e
0
7
4
In the e ngine compartme nt down the
le ft s ide wall, and als o whe re ne ce s s ary
on the le ft uppe r s ide of the das h-
board*.
The data on the type plate mus t agre e
with thos e in the car's docume nts .
The car's data are ne e de d as a re fe r-
e nce for all que rie s , che cks and s pare
part orde rs .
3
9
0
d
e
3
2
2
163n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
The BMW mainte nance s ys te m has
be e n de s igne d to e ns ure that minimum
cos t and e ffort are involve d in e ns uring
that your car re mains s afe and re liable
at all time s .
Ple as e re me mbe r that re gular mainte -
nance is not only e s s e ntial to e ns ure
that your car re mains s afe , but als o to
e nhance its re s ale value .
3
9
0
d
e
0
0
8
Service Interval indicator
Advance d te chnologie s have be e n
adopte d as a me ans of computing
mainte nance re quire me nts , which are
the n s hown on the Se rvice Inte rval indi-
cator. Whe re as conve ntional s ys te ms
call for mainte nance whe n a fixe d dis -
tance in kilome tre s /mile s has be e n cov-
e re d, the BMW Mainte nance Sys te m
has for many ye ars now take n the car's
ope rating conditions into account as
we ll, s ince one kilome tre is by no me ans
the s ame as anothe r.
100,000 kilome tre s comple te d e xclu-
s ive ly in the form of s hort journe ys can-
not be e quate d with 100,000 kilome tre s
made up of long main-road journe ys
only.
The mainte nance routine s bas e d on
actual us e of the car cons is t of the Oil
Se rvice and Ins pe ctions I and II.
The principle of de te rmining mainte -
nance inte rvals according to load e ffe c-
tive ly cove rs all the ope rating condi-
tions to which the car is like ly to be
e xpos e d. Drive rs who cove r only ve ry
s hort annual dis tance s we ll be low
10,000 km (approx. 6,000 mile s )
s hould none the le s s have an e ngine oil
change carrie d out e ve ry two ye ars ,
s ince e ngine oil age s re gardle s s of the
loads impos e d on it.
Service Booklet
For furthe r information on mainte nance
points and the s cope of mainte nance
work, ple as e re fe r to the car's Se rvice
Bookle t.
De pe nding on the circums tance s in
which the car is us e d, it may be worth-
while to ins pe ct it for damage caus e d
by s tone s flung up from the road, in
orde r to guard agains t s ubs e que nt cor-
ros ion.
Have mainte nance and re pair work
carrie d out by BMW Se rvice.
BMW Se rvice is in pos s e s s ion of the
late s t information on mainte nance and
re pair proce dure s and e quippe d with
the s pe cial tools ne e de d for your car.
A che ck on parts s ubje ct to we ar is in-
clude d in the mainte nance s che dule s .
Make s ure that mainte nance work is
confirme d in the Se rvice Bookle t afte r it
has be e n carrie d out. The s e e ntrie s are
e vide nce that your car has be e n s e rv-
ice d re gularly and corre ctly, and are
als o the bas is of any warranty claims .<
The BMW Maintenance System
164n Care of the car
Car wash
You can put your ne w BMW through an
automatic car was h right from the s tart.
Ide ally, you s hould try to find one that
ope rate s without brus he s .
Be fore was hing the car, s oak de ad in-
s e cts and obs tinate dirt marks and
was h the m off.
To pre ve nt patche s from forming, do
not was h the car whe n the e ngine hood
is s till hot, dire ctly afte r it has be e n e x-
pos e d to s trong s unlight or if it is
parke d in the s un.
If an automatic car was h is us e d, make
s ure
> that it can s afe ly accommodate your
s ize of car
> that it cannot damage add-on body
e le me nts (e .g. s poile rs or a car phone
ae rial). If ne ce s s ary, cons ult the ope r-
ator of the car was h firs t
> that your car's whe e ls and tyre s can-
not be damage d by the me chanis m
us e d to move the car through the au-
tomatic was h
> the brus h pre s s ure is as low as pos s i-
ble , and the car was h ope rate s with
ample rins ing wate r.
Cars with a rain s e ns or:
cle an the winds cre e n re gularly. Wax or
s ilicone coatings from car was he s , and
als o ins e cts adhe ring to the glas s could
pre ve nt the rain s e ns or from ope rating
corre ctly.
Switch off the rain s e ns or in an
automatic car was h, othe rwis e the
cars wipe rs may ope rate and be dam-
age d.<
Cle an the are as not re ache d in the
automatic was h by hand, for e xample
door s ills , folds in door and lid pane ls
e tc.
During the winte r months in particular,
was h the car more fre que ntly. Se ve re
dirt de pos its and road s alt are difficult
to re move and te nd to damage the
paintwork if not atte nde d to promptly.
If a s te am je t or high-pre s s ure
was he r is us e d, make s ure that it
is he ld s ufficie ntly far away from the
car's pane l s urface s . High pre s s ure je ts
s triking it from only a s hort dis tance
away could caus e damage , or s urface
de te rioration le ading to damage at a
late r date . In addition, wate r could pe n-
e trate various compone nts on the car
and caus e long-te rm damage or fail-
ure .<
Whe n cle aning the he adlamps ,
ple as e note :
> do not rub the m whe n dry or us e
caus tic or abras ive cle aning age nts
> s oak dirt or othe r de pos its (e .g. de ad
ins e cts ) with BMW Shampoo and
was h down with ple nty of wate r
> us e a de -ice r s pray to re move ice de -
pos its not a s crape r or othe r hard
tool.<
Afte r was hing the car, drive it
brie fly and apply the brake s to dry
the m out; this is ne ce s s ary to pre ve nt
re duce d braking e ffe ct whe n the brake s
are we t, and als o to avoid corros ion of
the brake dis cs .<
165n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
Care of the car
Paintwork
The car's paintwork is built up in s e ve ral
laye rs , for prote ction agains t corros ion.
In addition to cataphore tic dip coating
with prime r, the body cavitie s are s pe -
cially prote cte d with mate rials that have
be e n s ubje cte d to s tringe nt and s uc-
ce s s ful te s ting for a numbe r of ye ars .
The unde rs ide of the body has a re s il-
ie nt PVC coating applie d to it, followe d
by comple te wax-bas e d unde rs e aling
for additional prote ction.
Always re me mbe r that re gular care of
your car will go a long way towards
maintaining not only its s afe condition
but als o its re s ale value .
Incre as ing aware ne s s of the damage
which unfavourable e nvironme ntal con-
ditions can caus e to paintwork has le d
to paint s upplie rs and automobile man-
ufacture rs s te adily incre as ing the dura-
bility of the paint finis he s . None the le s s ,
re gional e nvironme ntal factors could
have adve rs e e ffe cts on the car's paint-
work. Ple as e was h and cle an the car as
fre que ntly as ne e de d.
In the cas e of me chanical loads caus e d
by s and, road s alt, s tone chippings or
s imilar, the paint s urface may be broke n
and corros ion may the n be able to de -
ve lop unde r the paint, and s pre ad out
from the damage d are as .
Mud and dirt from the roads , tar s tains ,
de ad ins e cts , bird droppings (s trongly
alkaline ) and e ve n re s in and polle n from
tre e s all contain s ubs tance s that can
damage the paintwork if not re move d
promptly (by caus ing patche s , blis te rs ,
caus tic burns or flaking off of the top
coat).
In indus trial are as , airborne fly as h,
lime , oily s oot, acid rain or s ulphur diox-
ide as we ll as othe r impuritie s in the air
are bound to attack the paintwork if not
cle ane d with s ufficie nt re gularity,
though in mos t cas e s only the horizon-
tal pane l s urface s are affe cte d.
In coas tal re gions the high s alt conte nt
and humidity of the air e ncourage s
more rapid corros ion.
In tropical zone s , s trong ultra-viole t ra-
diation and high atmos phe ric humidity
are ofte n accompanie d by te mpe rature s
above 406 in the s hade . Light-col-
oure d cars can re ach a te mpe rature as
high as 806 and dark-coloure d cars up
to 1206.
Care of paintwork
The long-te rm e ffe cts of s ubs tance s
which could damage the paint can be
counte racte d by was hing the car re gu-
larly, particularly if it is us e d in an are a
s uffe ring from s e ve re atmos phe ric pol-
lution or natural forms of contamination
(tre e s ap, polle n e tc.).
Howe ve r, always re move particularly
aggre s s ive s ubs tance s as s oon as pos -
s ible , to avoid the ris k of paint damage
or dis coloration. The s e may include
s pille d fue l, oil, gre as e , brake fluid or
bird droppings .
Contamination of the paint s urface is
particularly e as y to ide ntify afte r the car
has be e n was he d. Re move s uch re s i-
due s without de lay, us ing cle aning-
grade pe trole um s pirit or alcohol on
a cle an cloth or wadding. Re move tar
s plas he s with a s uitable tar s tain re -
move r. Finally, apply a paint pre s e rving
product to the tre ate d are as .
Cle aning and care products can
be obtaine d from BMW Se rvice .<
166n Care of the car
Protecting the paintwork
Polis h the paintwork only with products
containing Carnauba or s ynthe tic
waxe s .
A s ure s ign that the paintwork ne e ds
prote ctive tre atme nt is whe n wate r no
longe r forms large drople ts and rolls off
the s urface .
Re move care product re s idue s and s ili-
cone from the winds cre e n with glas s
cle ane r.
Touching in paint damage
Minor paint damage can be touche d in
with a BMW paint s pray ae ros ol or
BMW paint pe ncil.
The colour of your car's paintwork is
s tate d on the type plate (s e e page 162)
and on the firs t page of the Se rvice
Bookle t.
Scratche s and damage caus e d by flying
s tone s mus t be re paire d imme diate ly,
to pre ve nt rus t from forming.
If any are as of the body have alre ady
s tarte d to rus t as a re s ult of paint dam-
age , re move the rus t and cle an the m.
Apply prime r coating with a BMW
prime r s tick, allow to dry thoroughly,
the n apply the top coat. Afte r a fe w
days , polis h the touche d-in are as and
apply a paint prote ction product.
You can have more wide s pre ad paint
damage e xpe rtly re paire d by BMW
Se rvice in accordance with the manu-
facture r's dire ctive s , us ing original
BMW paint mate rials .
Care of windows
Wate r- and dirt-re pe lle nt winds cre e n (in
pre paration)
The coating is not affe cte d by wax from
automatic car was he s or winds cre e n
was he r additive s .
De pe nding on the how ofte n the wipe rs
are us e d, and als o on e nvironme ntal in-
flue nce s , the winds cre e n coating will
incur an unavoidable de gre e of we ar.
The prope rtie s of the coating the n de te -
riorate to an incre as ing e xte nt. Afte r ap-
prox. 20,000 to 25,000 km, the glas s
be gins to re s e mble a non-coate d wind-
s cre e n. BMW Se rvice can the n re ne w
the winds cre e n coating.
Ke e p the ins ide s urface s of windows ,
and the mirrors , cle an and fre e from
s me ars with a glas s cle ane r. Ne ve r us e
cle aning age nts or polis hing pas te s
containing quarz powde r on the mirrors .
For care of the prote ctive glas s *,
ple as e note :
The ins ide s urface s of the car's s ide
windows have a plas tic film applie d to
the m. For this re as on, avoid attaching
any adhe s ive labe ls unle s s it is not in-
te nde d to re move the m again.
Cle an only with wate r, to which a com-
me rcially available dis hwas he r de te r-
ge nt can be adde d if de s ire d. Do not
us e abras ive cle aning products .
167n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
Care of the car
Fogge d-ove r or ice d-up windows can
be tre ate d ins ide the car with a de mis t-
ing cloth or de -icing s pray do not us e
an ice s crape r.<
Cle an the wipe r blade s with s oapy wa-
te r. Re ne w the winds cre e n wipe rs twice
a ye ar, be fore and afte r the cold s e a-
s on. This is particularly important on
cars with a rain s e ns or.
Us e only BMW-approve d wipe r
blade s .<
Care of special components
Alloy whe e ls s hould be tre ate d with a
s uitable cle ane r, particularly in the win-
te r months , but do not us e aggre s s ive ,
acid, s trongly alkaline or abras ive
cle aning age nts or s te am je ts at more
than 606 (comply with the manufac-
ture r's ins tructions for us e ).
If your car has chrome -plate d parts *
s uch as window s urrounds , door han-
dle s e tc., the y s hould be cle ane d mos t
care fully with ple nty of wate r to which a
s hampoo can be adde d; this is particu-
larly important if the car is e xpos e d to
road s alt in winte r. Us e chrome polis h
to buff up the s e parts .
Cle an plas tic parts , imitation le athe r
s urface s , the roof lining, the light
glas s e s , the glas s ove r the ins trume nts
and parts that are s praye d matt black
with wate r and pos s ibly a plas tic care
product. Do not s oak the s e ats or roof
lining right through. Ne ve r us e s olve nts
s uch as nitro thinne rs , cold cle ans e r,
fue l or s imilar.
Apart from wate r, tre at rubbe r parts
only with rubbe r care products or s ili-
cone s pray.
Se at be lts s hould only be cle ane d with
mild s oap s uds (without re moving the m
from the car). Do not dry-cle an or us e
che mical products , or the fabric may be
we ake ne d.
Ne ve r allow ine rtia re e l s e at be lts to re -
tract unle s s the y are dry. Dirt on the
s e at be lts can inte rfe re with the action
of the re e l and re pre s e nt a s afe ty haz-
ard.
Floor carpe ts and mats * can be tre ate d
with a car inte rior cle ane r if ve ry dirty.
The floor mats can be take n out of the
car to e nable the inte rior to be cle ane d
more thoroughly.
Re al wood trims and woode n parts
s hould only be cle ane d us ing a damp
cloth. The n rub dry with a s e cond s oft
cloth.
168nCare of the car
Care of upholstery materials
The pre s s ure are as which occur whe n
cloth s e ats are in daily us e can be re -
s tore d by brus hing agains t the pile di-
re ction with a s lightly mois te ne d brus h.
The te nde ncy of the pile to lie in a par-
ticular dire ction on ve lour uphols te ry is
not a quality de fe ct and, jus t as on
home te xtile s or clothing, cannot be
avoide d.
Re move fluff from cloth uphols te ry and
rubbe d-in thre ads or s craps of cloth or
s ue de with a s uitable fluff rolle r or burr
brus h. A cle aning glove is available for
particularly obs tinate fluff. Stains and
fairly large are as of dirt s hould be
cle ane d off without de lay, us ing luke -
warm wate r and an inte rior cle ane r,
s tain re move r or cle aning-grade be n-
ze ne . Brus h the fabric afte rwards to
re s tore its appe arance .
If the car is like ly to be e xpos e d to
s trong s unlight for a le ngthy pe riod,
e ithe r cove r the s e ats or mas k off the
windows in orde r to pre ve nt a ble aching
e ffe ct.
The build-up of a s tatic e le ctrical
charge on the s e ats , particularly if at-
mos phe ric humidity is low, can give the
occupants an unple as ant e le ctric s hock
if the y touch me tal parts of the car afte r
le aving it. Although this is not dange r-
ous in any way, it can be avoide d by
holding on to a bare or polis he d me tal
part of the car while ge tting out.
Care of leather
The le athe r* us e d by BMW is a natural
product of the highe s t quality, proc-
e s s e d by the ve ry late s t me thods , and
will re main in good condition for many
ye ars if corre ctly tre ate d.
Since this is an authe ntic natural prod-
uct, its s pe cial characte ris tics and how
it is us e d and looke d afte r mus t be
give n due cons ide ration.
Re gular cle aning and care are ne e de d,
s ince dus t and dirt, for ins tance from
the roads , colle ct in pore s and cre as e s ,
caus e s e ve re abras ion and can le ad to
the le athe r s urface be coming pre ma-
ture ly brittle . You are the re fore re com-
me nde d to re move dus t from the
le athe r at re gular inte rvals with a cloth
or vacuum cle ane r.
For cle aning, ple as e us e BMW le athe r
cle aning foam.
Owing to the fact that dirt and gre as e
can, ove r time , pe rme ate the prote ctive
coating on the le athe r, cle ane d le athe r
s urface s mus t be tre ate d with a BMW
le athe r care product. This als o he lps to
pre ve nt a s tatic e le ctrical charge from
building up.
169n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
Care of the car
To prote ct it agains t mois ture and
damp, the le athe r can be tre ate d with
BMW impre gnating age nt.
This tre atme nt is re comme nde d e ve ry
s ix months , as s uming normal us e of the
car.
If any liquids are s pille d, wipe the m off
imme diate ly. Dab gre as e or oil s tains
care fully with s tain re move r.
If e xpos e d to s trong s unlight whe n the
car is parke d for a le ngthy pe riod,
le athe r s e ats s hould be cove re d or the
windows blanke d off to pre ve nt fading.
Cle aning age nts can contain haz-
ardous s ubs tance s or cons titute a
he alth ris k. Always comply with the
warning and hazard avoidance ins truc-
tions on the pack.
Whe n cle aning the inte rior of the car,
le ave the doors or windows ope n.
Ne ve r us e any s olve nts or othe r s ub-
s tance s not s pe cifically inte nde d for
cle aning the car.<
170nAirbags Laying up out of use
1 Front airbags for the drive r and pas -
s e nge r
2 He ad airbags (at front)
3 Side airbags (front and re ar s e ats *)
Important safety instructions
Do not re move the airbag gas
ge ne rators . Have te s ting and as -
s e mbly work pe rforme d only by s pe -
cially traine d pe rs onne l. If the airbag
occupant re s traint s ys te m de ve lops a
fault, is s hut down out of us e or has
be e n trigge re d off in an accide nt, have
it re paire d or dis mantle d only by BMW
Se rvice .
Ne ve r make any modifications to the in-
dividual compone nts of the s ys te m or
its wiring. This include s the uphols te re d
cove rs on the s te e ring whe e l, das h-
3
8
0
d
e
6
4
7
board, s ide pane ls on front and re ar
doors and roof s truts as we ll as down
the s ide s of the roof line rs . Do not apply
adhe s ive or any s urface mate rial to
the s e cove rs or modify or proce s s the m
in any othe r way. Do not re move the
s te e ring whe e l.
In orde r to comply with valid s afe ty
re gulations , have airbag ge ne rators
s crappe d only by BMW Se rvice .
Any care le s s or uns kille d inte rfe re nce
with the s ys te m could le ad to its failure
or to accide ntal trigge ring off with the
ris k of injury.<
Ple as e as k BMW Se rvice what pre cau-
tions are ne ce s s ary if the car is to be
laid up out of us e for more than thre e
months .
171n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
Whe n e nte ring anothe r country involve s
a s witch to driving on the othe r s ide of
the road:
Cars with xe non he adlamps , right-
hand-drive cars :
1 Re move the plugs above the he ad-
lamps
2 For driving on the le ft: s lide le ve r to-
wards ce ntre of car
For driving on the right: s lide le ve r to-
wards outs ide of car
Le ft-hand-drive cars without xe non
he adlamps :
Ple as e contact BMW Se rvice or, to
avoid dazzle from the he adlamps , have
BMW Se rvice carry out the ne ce s s ary
modification.
3
9
0
d
e
1
4
3
Cars are always s upplie d to conform
with the re gis tration laws of the country
in which the y are inte nde d for us e .
If the owne r move s to anothe r country,
it is important to che ck be fore hand that
import re gulations and ve hicle lice ns ing
laws do not make it too difficult to im-
port the car.
You can obtain this information in Ge r-
many by calling Te l. 089/382-0 and
s tating the mode l, the ve hicle ide ntifica-
tion numbe r and the date firs t re gis -
te re d.
In othe r countrie s , ple as e contact BMW
Se rvice or the importe r.
Rule of the road Registration abroad
172nTechnical modifications OBD socket
Any BMW Se rvice will gladly advis e you
conce rning the value of propos e d te ch-
nical modifications to your car, the le gal
re quire me nts and the manufacture r's
re comme ndations . Enquirie s s hould be
accompanie d by the ve hicle ide ntifica-
tion numbe r and, if re le vant, the e ngine
numbe r.
Light-emitting diodes (LED)
Controls , dis plays and othe r e quipme nt
ite ms ins ide your car have light-e mitting
diode s (LEDs ) be hind a cove r as the ir
light s ource . The s e LEDs re s e mble con-
ve ntional las e rs and are clas s ifie d by
law as "Clas s 1 light-e mitting diode s ".
Do not re move the cove r or e x-
pos e the e ye s dire ctly to the unfil-
te re d light s ource for s e ve ral hours at a
time , as this could caus e irritation to the
iris .< Acce s s to s ocke t for On-Board Diagno-
s is (OBD):
Lift the cove r on the top of the compart-
me nt ne xt to the s te e ring column
(arrow).
Compone nts which have a de cis ive
e ffe ct on e xhaus t e mis s ions can be
te s te d at this inte rface with a s uitable
de vice .
3
9
0
d
e
3
4
6
173n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
In many countrie s , BMW Se rvice col-
le cts re s idual mate rials during mainte -
nance and re pair work according to
s pe cific cate gorie s , for e xample :
> old oil
> oil filte rs
> antifre e ze
> brake fluid
> batte rie s
> tyre s
> air cle ane r e le me nts
> airbags
> winds cre e ns and re ar windows
BMW organis e s , pays for and s upe r-
vis e s the re moval and dis pos al of the s e
s ubs tance s and has drawn up handling
principle s far in e xce s s of anything cur-
re ntly calle d for by law.
Whe n your car re ache s the e nd of its
us e ful life , the fact that it is large ly s uit-
able for re cycling will avoid unne ce s -
s ary e xpe ns e for you and undue burde n
on the e nvironme nt. Eas ily re movable
compone nts and as s e mblie s containing
re -us able mate rials whe re ve r pos s ible
incre as e the value of a s crappe d ve hi-
cle .
BMW coope rate s with s e le cte d, li-
ce ns e d dis pos al and re cycling compa-
nie s in its various countrie s ; the s e ac-
ce pt your ve hicle at the e nd of its us e ful
life and re cycle or dis pos e of it and its
compone nt parts according to the prin-
ciple s laid down by BMW.
Your BMW Se rvice s tation will
gladly advis e you on re turning the
car for dis pos al as and whe n it has to
be withdrawn from us e .<
Recycling in the Service area Returning the car
174n
Initial overview
Controls in detail
and general care
Minor repairs
Technical data
Index
175n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
Replacing parts:
Toolkit 176
Wipe r blade s 176
Lights and bulbs 177
Auxiliar he ate r re mote
control 185
Batte ry 190
Fus e s 192
If an electrical fault occurs:
touring: Tailgate 195
Mutual aid:
BMW Eme rge ncy Se rvice 196
Starting with a flat batte ry 196
Tow-s tarting, towing away 197
176n
The toolkit is locate d in the luggage
compartme nt lid/tailgate .
To ope n, undo the wing bolt(s ).
3
9
4
d
e
0
8
0
Front
1 Rais e the wipe r arm s lightly and hold
it firmly
2 Move the s liding s afe ty catch (arrow)
and take off the wipe r blade towards
the winds cre e n
3 Attach the ne w wipe r blade and s lide
the s afe ty catch back.
3
9
0
d
e
0
9
7
Rear*
1 Hold the wipe r blade agains t the
glas s and pull the wipe r arm off/un-
clip it (arrow) at the oute r pivot
2 Offe r up the ne w wipe r blade and
pre s s it agains t the wipe r arm (clip
into pos ition).
Us e only BMW-approve d wipe r
blade s .<
3
9
2
d
e
1
7
3
Toolkit Wiper blades
177n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
Lights and bulbs
Bulbs and lights are crucial s afe ty fe a-
ture s of your car. Appropriate care and
atte ntion s hould the re fore be take n
whe n handling the s e compone nts . If
you are unfamiliar with s uch tas ks , it is
be tte r to e ntrus t the m to BMW Se rvice .
Do not touch the glas s of a ne w
bulb with the finge rs , be caus e
e ve n s light amounts of dirt or gre as e
will the n be burne d into the bulb and re -
duce its working life . Us e a cle an tis s ue ,
cloth or s imilar, or hold the bulb by its
bas e .<
A box containing s pare bulbs is availa-
ble from BMW Se rvice .
Be fore any work is done on the
e le ctrical s ys te m, s witch off the
affe cte d cons ume r e quipme nt or dis -
conne ct the ne gative te rminal from the
batte ry, to pre ve nt any ris k of s hort-cir-
cuits occurring.
Obs e rve any ins tructions s upplie d by
the bulb manufacture r, to avoid caus ing
injury or damage whe n changing
bulbs .<
1 Low-beam headlamps
H7 bulb, 55 Watt
Right-hand-drive cars : HB4 bulb
The H7 bulb is pre s s uris e d, s o
we ar goggle s and glove s . The re is
othe rwis e a ris k of phys ical injury if the
bulb s hould be damage d.<
1 Turn the bulb holde r to the le ft (arrow)
and take it off
2 Pull out the bulb and change it.
2 High-beam headlamps
HB3 bulb, 60 Watt
1 Turn the bulb holde r to the le ft and
take it off
2 De tach the cable conne ctor
3
9
0
d
e
0
9
8
3 Attach ne w bulb holde r with bulb to
plug conne ctor making s ure that it
e ngage s corre ctly
4 Ins tall in the oppos ite orde r of work.
Ple as e note whe n cle aning the
he adlamps :
> Do not rub the m whe n dry or us e
caus tic or abras ive cle aning age nts
> Soak dirt or othe r de pos its (e .g. de ad
ins e cts ) with BMW Shampoo and
was h down with ple nty of wate r
> Us e a de -ice r s pray to re move ice de -
pos its not a s crape r or othe r hard
tool.<
178nLights and bulbs
Xenon headlamps*
The ope rating life of the s e light units is
e xtre me ly long and the like lihood of fail-
ure ve ry low, provide d that the y are not
s witche d on and off a ve ry gre at
numbe r of time s . If a Xe non he adlamp
s hould none the le s s fail, s witch on the
fog lights and continue the journe y with
gre at care , provide d that local le gis la-
tion doe s not prohibit this .
In vie w of the high voltage s that
are pre s e nt, work on the e ntire
lighting s ys te m s hould only be carrie d
out by s kille d pe rs onne l, to avoid the
ris k of pos s ibly fatal injury.<
Side and parking lights
5 Watt bulb
1 Turn the bulb holde r to the le ft (arrow)
and take it off
2 Pull out the bulb and change it.
3
9
0
d
e
0
9
9
Front flashing turn indicator
21 Watt bulb
1 Pre s s bulb holde r toge the r at the lugs
(arrows ) and re move to the re ar
2 Pre s s the bulb in s lightly, turn to the
le ft and re move
3 Afte r changing the bulb, ins e rt the
bulb holde r (note corre ct pos ition of
lugs ) and e ngage .
3
9
0
d
e
1
0
0
179n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
Lights and bulbs
Side turn indicator repeater*
5 Watt bulb
1 Pre s s the light forwards with the fin-
ge rtip at its re ar e dge (arrow) and
take it out
le ft and re move .
3
9
0
d
e
1
0
6
Fog lights
H7 bulb, 55 Watt
The bulb is pre s s uris e d, s o prote ct
the e ye s and we ar glove s . The re is
othe rwis e a ris k of phys ical injury if the
bulb s hould be damage d.<
1 Pull the cove r ne xt to the fog light for-
wards and re move it
2 Take out the two s cre ws (arrows ) and
s wing the fog light out
3 Re le as e the s pring on the back of the
fog light and turn the cap to the le ft
4 Dis conne ct the wire s pring clip and
re ne w the bulb afte r pulling off the
contact cap.
3
9
0
d
e
1
0
1
Rear lights saloon
Re ar lights : 5 Watt bulbs
Othe r lights : 21 Watt
1 Flas hing turn indicators ye llow
2 Re ar lights , re ar fog lights re d
3 Re ar fog lights re d
4 Re ve rs ing lights white
5 Brake lights re d
If both bulbs fail in the re ar lights ,
the brake lights take on the func-
tion of the re ar lights .<
3
9
4
d
e
1
0
2
1 Fold down the s ide trim in the lug-
gage compartme nt, us ing the handle
at the top
2 Turn the quick-re le as e bulb holde r to
the le ft (arrow) and take it off
le ft and re move .
3
9
4
d
e
1
0
3
Rear lights touring
Re ar lights : 5 Watt bulbs
Othe r lights : 21 Watt
1 Flas hing turn indicators ye llow
2 Re ar lights re d
3 Re ar fog lights re d
4 Re ve rs ing lights white
5 Brake light, re fle ctor re d
If both bulbs fail in the re ar lights ,
the brake lights take on the func-
tion of the re ar lights .<
3
9
2
d
e
1
0
4
Lights in re ar pane l:
1 Ope n the flap in the s ide pane l trim
2 Turn the quick-re le as e fas te ne r and
take off the trim in front of the bulb
holde r
3 Turn the quick-re le as e fas te ne r
(arrow) and take off the bulb holde r
le ft and re move .
If a s ub-woofe r louds pe ake r* is in-
s talle d be hind the right-hand flap, re -
le as e the toggle s cre w and s wing the
s ub-woofe r to one s ide .
3
9
2
d
e
1
7
0
181n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
Lights and bulbs
Lights in tailgate :
1 Ope n the trim in the tailgate
2 Turn the quick-re le as e fas te ne r
(arrow) and take off the bulb holde r
le ft and re move .
3
9
2
d
e
1
7
1
Central brake light*
21 Watt bulb
1 Ope n the luggage compartme nt lid
2 Us e a s cre wdrive r to unclip the cove r
on the unde rs ide of the re ar window
s he lf (arrow)
3 Turn the bulb holde r to the le ft and
take it off
le ft and re move .
touring: LED s trip light in tailgate .
3
9
4
d
e
1
2
3
Licence plate lights
5 Watt bulb
1 Ins e rt s cre wdrive r into s lot and pre s s
to the right (arrow); this will re le as e
the light
2 Take out the light and change the
bulb.
3
9
4
d
e
1
0
5
Interior lights
Front
Inte rior light (10 Watt bulb) with re ading
lights (10 Watt bulbs )
1 Inte rior light: Pre s s the light out to the
s ide with a s cre wdrive r and take off
the cove r. Pull the bulb out of its con-
tact tabs
2 Re ading light: pre s s the bulb in
s lightly, turn to the le ft and re move .
Indire ct lighting
1 Watt bulb
1 Unclip the bulb holde r
2 Take out the bulb.
Re ar s aloon
1 Ins e rt a s cre wdrive r at the top and
pre s s the light out of the cutouts
2 Inte rior light: pre s s the lug back at the
re fle ctor and change the bulb
3 Re ading light: pre s s the bulb in
s lightly, turn to the le ft and re move .
Re ar touring
Inte rior light: 5 Watt bulbs
1 Pre s s the light out from the top with a
s cre wdrive r
2 Take off the glas s
3 Change the bulb.
1 Pre s s the light out at the s ide ne xt to
the s witch with a s cre wdrive r
2 Take off the glas s
3 Change the bulb.
Footwell lights
5 Watt bulb
1 Le ve r the cove r out at one s ide with a
s cre wdrive r
2 Change the bulb.
Glove box light
5 Watt bulb
1 Pre s s light out of re ce s s with a
s cre wdrive r
2 Take off the re fle ctor
3 Change the bulb.
Luggage compartment lights
Light on unde rs ide of re ar window
s he lf: Haloge n bulb, 10 Watt.
Light in the luggage compartme nt lid:
10 Watt bulb.
1 Pre s s light out of re ce s s with a
s cre wdrive r
3 Change the bulb.
Load-area lights
Light on roof lining:
10 Watt bulbs .
1 Pre s s the glas s out at the s ide with a
s cre wdrive r
2 Change the bulb.
Light at e nd of tailgate : 10 Watt bulb
1 Pre s s the light out at the uppe r e dge
with a s cre wdrive r
3 Change the bulb.
183n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
Radio remote control
Changing the battery
Re ne w the batte ry whe n the Che ck
Control dis plays "REMOTE KEY
BATTERY". The LED no longe r lights up
whe n a button is pre s s e d, and the re -
mote control will not pe rform the lock-
ing action.
Us e only one batte ry of the type s tate d
in the batte ry compartme nt (CR 2016),
and make quite s ure that it is ins talle d in
the corre ct pos ition.
1 Us ing a s cre wdrive r, lift the cove r out
at the re ce s s (arrow)
3
6
5
d
e
0
1
7
2 Re move the two s cre ws (arrows ) and
take off the cove r.
The batte ry type and corre ct ins talle d
pos ition are marke d on the bas e of the
batte ry compartme nt.
Dis pos e of old batte rie s only to an
authoris e d colle cting point or re -
turn the m to BMW Se rvice .<
3
6
5
d
e
0
1
8
184nRadio remote control
New transmitter
If you be gin to ope rate a ne w re mote
control (a re place me nt or an additional
trans mitte r), it mus t firs t be initialis e d:
1 Ente r the car and clos e the doors
2 Ins e rt the ignition ke y into the s te e r-
ing lock, turn brie fly to pos ition 1
(max. 5 s e conds ) the n back to 0; re -
move the ke y
3 Pre s s button 1 (s e e picture ) and hold
it in. Pre s s button 2 thre e time s in
rapid s ucce s s ion (within 10 s e conds )
without re le as ing button 1
4 Re le as e button 1. LED 3 will flas h
s lowly for a maximum of 10 s e conds
5 The ce ntral locking s ys te m indicate s
that initialis ation has be e n pe rforme d
s ucce s s fully by clos ing and re le as ing
the locks in rapid s ucce s s ion.
3
8
0
d
e
0
1
4
If the LED doe s not flas h and the ce ntral
locking s ys te m doe s not ope rate , the
initialis ing proce dure mus t be re pe ate d.
If you us e furthe r re mote control trans -
mitte rs for this car, all of the m (up to
four) mus t be re -initialize d within
30 s e conds e ach. Re pe at s te ps 3 and 4
above for e ach of the trans mitte rs . The
ce ntral locking will confirm e ach initial-
is ing ope ration as de s cribe d in s te p 5.
In the e ve nt of faults , contact BMW
Se rvice , which can als o s upply re place -
me nt trans mitte rs .
Pre ve nt unauthoris e d us e of the
trans mitte r, for e xample by hand-
ing ove r only door and ignition ke y 3 or
the s pare ke y (s e e page 34) to hote l
s taff.<
185n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
Remote control for auxiliary heater*
Changing the batteries
Re ne w the batte rie s if the te lltale lamp
no longe r flas he s whe n the auxiliary
he ate r is s witche d on.
1 Pull ope n cove r 1 for batte ry com-
partme nt
2 Ins e rt two batte rie s of the s ame type
as be fore (LR 1). Batte ry type and
ins talle d pos ition are marke d on the
bas e of the batte ry compartme nt
3 Pre s s the cove r back into pos ition.
turn the m to BMW Se rvice .<
3
9
0
d
e
1
5
6
New transmitter
If you be gin to us e a ne w trans mitte r (a
re place me nt or additional trans mitte r), it
mus t firs t be initialis e d. Eithe r one or
two trans mitte rs can be us e d.
Obs e rve the time s s tate d be low
accurate ly, othe rwis e initialis ing
will fail and have to be re pe ate d.<
1 Re move the fus e for the auxiliary
he ate r (in luggage compartme nt or
load are a on right, s e e page 193) and
ins e rt it again afte r 10 s e conds
2 Within 3 s e conds of having ins e rte d
the fus e again, pre s s button 3
3 Ne xt, pre s s button 4 within 5 s e conds
4 Afte r a furthe r 3 s e conds , the s ys te m
is ope rational.
186nWheel-changing
Safe ty pre cautions in the e ve nt of
a puncture or tyre failure :
Halt the car as far away from the main
traffic flow as pos s ible , on a firm s ur-
face ; s witch on the hazard warning
flas he rs .
Engage the s te e ring lock in the s traight-
ahe ad pos ition, apply the handbrake
and s e le ct firs t or re ve rs e ge ar or s e le c-
tor le ve r pos ition P.
All occupants mus t le ave the car and be
le d to a point whe re the y are not e x-
pos e d to ris k, for e xample be hind a
cras h barrie r at the s ide of the road.
If ne ce s s ary, s e t up the warning triangle
or a flas hing warning light at a s ufficie nt
dis tance to the re ar. Comply with re le -
vant local laws .
Only change whe e ls on flat, firm and
non-s lip s urface . On a s oft or low-grip
s urface (s now, ice , tile s or s imilar) the re
is a ris k of the car or the jack s liding
s ide ways .
Pos ition the car's jack on a firm s urface .
Ne ve r place wood blocks or s imilar un-
de r the jack, or the maximum lifting ca-
pacity may be e xce e de d. Whe n the car
has be e n jacke d up, do not lie unde r it
or s tart the e ngine , as this could le ad to
a pote ntially fatal accide nt.<
What you need
To avoid rattling nois e s late r, ple as e
make a note of the pos itions of the tools
whe n the y are re move d, and re -attach
the m in the s ame pos itions late r.
> Jack
Saloon: fold back the floor mat in the
luggage compartme nt and loos e n the
wing nut (arrow).
touring: rais e the floor pane l and the
s pare whe e l cove r (s e e page 119).
Afte r us ing the jack, re tract it fully,
s wing the crank handle back in and
clip it s e cure ly
> Whe e l chock
Ne xt to the jack. Uns cre w the wing
nut to re move it
3
9
4
d
e
0
9
0
187n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
Wheel-changing
> Spare whe e l and adapte r* for re -
moval of hub cap* (s e e ne xt column)
Both are ke pt ne xt to the jack. Take
off the adapte r or the plas tic cap. Un-
s cre w the wing nut (arrow) by hand
and take out the whe e l
> Whe e l s tud wre nch and s cre wdrive r
In the car's toolkit unde r the luggage
compartme nt lid (s e e page 176).
touring: the whe e l s tud wre nch is
ne xt to the s pare whe e l.
3
9
4
d
e
0
9
1
Procedure
1 Note the s afe ty pre cautions on the
pre vious page
2 Pre ve nt the car from rolling away:
place the whe e l chock be hind the
front whe e l on the s ide oppos ite to
whe re the whe e l is to be re move d
(or in front of the front whe e l on a
downhill gradie nt). If the car cannot
be move d to a point on a le s s s e -
ve re gradie nt, you mus t prote ct it
re liably agains t rolling away
3 If full-width whe e l cove rs are in-
s talle d*: ins e rt the finge rs into the
ve nt hole s and pull the cove r off
4 Ve rs ion with adapte r*: Place the
adapte r on the whe e l s tud cove r, at-
tach the whe e l s tud wre nch and
pre s s to the le ft (s e e illus tration)
3
8
0
d
e
0
9
2
5 If hub cove rs are fitte d*: le ve r the
cove r off by ins e rting a s cre wdrive r
into the s lot. For thie fproof whe e l
s tuds , s e e page 189
6 Slacke n off the whe e l s tuds by a
1/2 turn
7 Attach the jack to the ne are s t
mounting point to the whe e l which it
is inte nde d to re move ; the full s ur-
face are a of the bas e of the jack
s hould make contact with the
ground, and the jack he ad s hould
e nte r the re ctangular re ce s s of the
mounting point (s e e picture de tail)
as the jack is rais e d
8 Continue to turn the crank handle
until the whe e l you wis h to change
is lifte d cle ar of the ground
9 Take out the whe e l s tuds and re -
move the whe e l
3
9
0
d
e
3
5
0
188nWheel-changing
10 Re move he avy dirt de pos its from
the whe e l and hub contact face s
and cle an the whe e l s tuds
11 Offe r up the ne w whe e l and s e cure
it with at le as t two s tuds ins e rte d on
oppos ite s ide s of the hub
12 Ins e rt and s cre w up the re maining
whe e l s tuds , the n tighte n the m all
firmly, working acros s the hub
rathe r than round it
13 Lowe r the car and re move the jack
14 Tighte n the s tuds alte rnate ly on op-
pos ite s ide s of the hub
15 With full-width whe e l cove rs : place
the cove r in pos ition s o that the
valve cutout is aligne d with the tyre
valve , the n pre s s the cove r on to the
whe e l with both hands
3
9
0
d
e
3
6
0
For this lightwe ight whe e l, us e
only the s pe cial full-width cove r
s upplie d with the car, othe rwis e the
cove r may not be he ld firmly.<
16 With hub cap: offe r up the cap and
pre s s into pos ition
17 On whe e ls with a whe e l s tud cove r
(hub cap): align the arrow on the
cove r with the line on the whe e l,
the n pre s s the cove r on
18 Corre ct the tyre pre s s ure at the e ar-
lie s t opportunity.
Us e the jack only for whe e l chang-
ing. Do not atte mpt to rais e an-
othe r type of ve hicle or any othe r load
with this jack; this could re s ult in injury
or damage .
For s afe ty re as ons , have the whe e l s tud
tighte ning torque che cke d without de -
lay, us ing a s uitable calibrate d torque
wre nch (corre ct tighte ning torque =
100 Nm).<
Whe n re placing a whe e l in the s pare
whe e l we ll, make s ure that the ce ntral
thre ade d rod in the we ll is not be nt or
damage d.
If the car is fitte d with alloy whe e ls not
of the Original BMW type , note that dif-
fe re nt whe e l s tuds may be ne e de d.
Have a flat tyre re paire d as s oon as
pos s ible , and the whe e l and tyre re bal-
ance d be fore fitting.
For the lightwe ight whe e l, us e
only BMW approve d balance
we ights for alloy whe e ls . Do not at-
te mpt to us e hamme r-on s te e l balance
we ights on the s e whe e ls .<
189n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
Wheel-changing Thiefproof wheel studs*
Tyre s ize 255/40 R 17 94W* on
the re ar whe e ls :
In the e ve nt of a puncture or s imilar, it
may be ne ce s s ary to fit the s pare whe e l
and tyre (of diffe re nt s ize ) at the re ar.
The car's s pare whe e l and tyre are of
full capacity in all load and s pe e d
range s . In s uch cas e s , fit a whe e l and
tyre of the corre ct s ize as s oon as pos -
s ible .<
1 Cap (not ne e de d for whe e ls with
whe e l s tud cove r or hub cap)
2 Whe e l s tud for adapte r
3 Adapte r (in toolkit, ne xt to s pare
whe e l in the touring)
To re move :
1 Turn cap 1 s lightly to the le ft with the
whe e l s tud wre nch, and take it off
2 Take adapte r 3 out of the toolkit and
ins e rt it into the whe e l s tud
3 Uns crew whe e l s tud 2.
Afte r ins e rting and tighte ning the whe e l
s tud again, re move the adapte r and
pre s s on the s tud cap.
The cap is locate d corre ctly if the
M of the BMW badge is ove r a
rais e d s e ction on the whe e l s tud whe n
pre s s e d on.<
3
6
0
d
e
0
9
4
The code numbe r is e mbos s e d on the
front of the adapte r. Ple as e make a
care ful note of this numbe r and ke e p it
in a s afe place , in cas e the adapte r is
los t.
190nBattery
Location
The batte ry is be hind the right-hand
s ide trim in the luggage compartme nt/
load are a.
Swing the trim pane l down by pulling
the handle at the top; on the touring,
pre s s the button.
If, on the touring, a s ub-woofe r loud-
s pe ake r* is ins talle d, re le as e the toggle
s cre w and s wing the s ub-woofe r to one
s ide .
3
9
4
d
e
3
0
5
Symbols
Your car's batte ry is marke d with the
following s ymbols . For your own s afe ty,
che ck the me aning of the s e s ymbols
be fore handling or working on the bat-
te ry.
Be fore handling or working on
the batte ry, ple as e note the fol-
lowing pre cautions .
Always we ar e ye prote ction.
Do not allow any particle s con-
taining acid or le ad to e nte r the
e ye s , or to make contact with s kin or
clothing.
Batte ry acid is highly caus tic. Al-
ways we ar prote ctive glove s
and goggle s . Do not tilt batte ry:
acid could the n e s cape from bre athe r
ve nts .
Ke e p the acid and the batte ry
out of the re ach of childre n.
Nake d flame s and s parks mus t
be avoide d; s moking is prohib-
ite d. Avoid s parks whe n working
on wiring and e le ctrical e quipme nt. The
ignition ke y mus t be in pos ition 0 whe n
dis conne cting or re conne cting the bat-
te ry. Ne ve r s hort-circuit the batte ry te r-
minals , or a powe rful s park could re s ult
and caus e injury.
A highly e xplos ive de tonating
gas is ge ne rate d whe n the bat-
te ry is charge d.
If acid come s into contact with
the eye s , rins e imme diate ly with
cle an wate r for s eve ral minute s .
The n imme diate ly s e e k me dical as s is t-
ance . Ne utralize acid s pillage on the
s kin or clothe s imme diate ly with s oap
and rins e off with ple nty of wate r. If acid
has be e n s wallowe d, cons ult a phys i-
cian imme diate ly.
To prote ct the hous ing from
ultra-viole t rays , do not expos e
batte ry to dire ct s unlight. As
batte rie s which have run flat could
fre e ze , s tore in a place whe re the re is
no ris k of fros t damage .
Maintenance
The batte ry is e ntire ly mainte nance -fre e
in accordance with Ge rman Indus trial
Standard DIN 43 539/2, that is to s ay
one acid filling is s ufficie nt for the whole
ope rating life of the batte ry.
191n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
Battery
State of charge
The "Magic Eye " (hydrome te r, in pre pa-
ration) can be us e d to re ad off the s tate
of batte ry charge :
> gre e n: ade quate charge
> black: s tate of charge is too low. The
batte ry ne e ds to be re charge d.
Ple as e contact BMW Se rvice and ar-
range for this to be done
> ye llow: the batte ry mus t be re place d.
The batte ry will not achie ve its full
ope rating life unle s s it is ke pt ade -
quate ly charge d. Have the s tate of
charge che cke d more fre que ntly if the
car is mainly us e d for s hort journe ys .<
3
9
4
d
e
3
6
8
Removing and installing
Do not dis conne ct batte ry le ads
while the e ngine is running, othe r-
wis e e xce s s curre nt will de s troy the ve -
hicle e le ctronics unit.
Do not make any modifications to the
le ads at the pos itive te rminal, s ince this
could re nde r the prote ctive function of
the s afe ty batte ry te rminal ine ffe ctive .
Re pairs and dis pos al s hould only be
unde rtake n by prope rly traine d pe rs on-
ne l.<
Whe n re moving the batte ry, firs t dis -
conne ct the le ad at the ne gative te rmi-
nal, the n the le ad at the pos itive te rmi-
nal. Dis mantle the batte ry re taining
bracke t (1) and unfas te n the s cre w con-
ne ction on the batte ry (2).
3
9
4
d
e
3
0
6
Whe n ins talling the batte ry, conne ct the
le ad to its pos itive te rminal firs t, the n
the le ad to its ne gative te rminal.
During ins tallation, che ck that the
batte ry is corre ctly mounte d and
fit the prote ctive hoop, othe rwis e the
batte ry will not be s e cure e nough in the
e ve nt of an accide nt.<
Recharging the battery
Re charge the batte ry only with the e n-
gine s toppe d, or re move it from the car.
Be fore unde rtaking any work on
the car's e le ctrical s ys te m, dis -
conne ct the le ad from the ne gative te r-
minal of the batte ry in orde r to avoid the
ris k of s hort-circuits and fire or injury.<
If the car is laid up out of us e for more
than 4 we e ks , dis conne ct the ne gative
le ad from the batte ry in orde r to s e pa-
rate it from the car's e le ctrical s ys te m.
If the car is not to be us e d for more than
s ix we e ks , re move the batte ry, re charge
it and s tore it in a cool place whe re is
no ris k of fros t damage . Afte r 6 months
at the late s t, and always be fore the bat-
te ry is ins talle d again, it mus t be re -
charge d to pre ve nt it from be coming
192nBattery Fuses
us e le s s . Eve ry time a batte ry is allowe d
to run flat, particularly if le ft in this s tate
for s ome time , its ope rating life is re -
duce d.
turn the m to BMW Se rvice . Batte rie s
fille d with acid s hould be trans porte d
and s tore d upright. Prote ct batte rie s
agains t falling ove r whe n in trans it.<
Pe riods of time in which the car's
batte ry is dis conne cte d are not
counte d by the Se rvice Inte rval indica-
tor whe n the brake fluid re ne wal warn-
ing is give n.
In s uch cas e s you mus t e ns ure that the
brake fluid is re ne we d e ve ry two ye ars
re gardle s s of the dis play.<
If an e le ctrical cons ume r fails , s witch it
off and che ck its fus e .
In glove box
1 Ope n the glove box and turn the two
white quick-re le as e fas te ne rs to the
le ft. The fus e s trip als o contains
s pare fus e s and plas tic twe e ze rs for
changing the fus e s
2 Pull the fus e for the faile d e le ctrical
cons ume r out of its holde r with the
twe e ze rs
3 A blown fus e ide ntifiable by the
me lte d wire mus t be re place d by an-
othe r of the s ame colour and ampe re
rating.
A lis t of fus e s with ampe re ratings and
cons ume rs is locate d unde r the fus e
s trip.
3
9
0
d
e
0
8
5
Clos e the fus e s trip by pre s s ing on the
lid at the top and turning the two quick-
re le as e fas te ne rs to the right.
The re are additional fus e s in the lug-
gage compartme nt/load are a (s e e ne xt
page ).
On cars e quippe d for towing a traile r*
the re are additional fus e s for the traile r
lights in the traile r module , which is be -
hind the right trim pane l in the luggage
compartme nt.
The fus e for the pe rmane nt pos itive line
is above the batte ry in a s e parate fus e
box. If a fault de ve lops , have this fus e
change d by BMW Se rvice .
Do not re pair burnt out fus e s or
re place the m with fus e s with dif-
fe re nt colours or ampe re ratings othe r-
wis e ove rloade d e le ctrical wire s can
caus e a fire in the ve hicle .<
If the fus e burns out s e ve ral time s , have
the caus e of the fault re ctifie d by BMW
Se rvice .
193n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
Fuses
In luggage compartment
Fold the right s ide trim down with the
handle provide d.
The lis t of fus e s with ratings in ampe re s
and e quipme nt conne ctions is on the
back of the s ide trim.
3
9
4
d
e
1
2
4
In the load area
Pre s s the button on the right-hand flap
to ope n it, and pull the trim to one s ide .
The re is a lis t of fus e s with curre nt rat-
ings and attache d cons ume rs on the
back of the flap.
3
9
2
d
e
1
7
2
194n
Manual release saloon
1 Swing the right s ide trim in the lug-
gage compartme nt down by me ans
of the handle at the top
2 Pull the button with the fue l pump
s ymbol (arrow).
3
9
4
d
e
0
9
5
Manual release touring
1 Ope n the right-hand flap in the load
are a by pre s s ing the button, and
s wing it down
2 Pull the button with the fue l pump
s ymbol (arrow).
3
9
2
d
e
1
5
7
Operate manually
1 Take out the inte rior lamp (s e e
page 182), re ach into the ape rture
and pre s s out the cove r
2 Re move the plug (arrow) and turn the
s unroof pane l in the de s ire d dire ction
with the Alle n ke y from the car's
toolkit (s e e page 176).
3
8
0
d
e
0
9
6
Fuel filler flap Sliding/tilting sunroof*
195n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
Tailgate
Manual release touring
If an e le ctrical de fe ct occurs , you can
ope rate the tailgate manually.
1 Working from the load are a, ope n and
take out the two s ide flaps (arrow)
3
9
2
d
e
1
6
6
2 In the tailgate , ope n the two quick-re -
le as e fas te ne rs for the toolkit cove r
and rais e the cove r
3 Take out the plas tic plug (arrow) and
pull towards the inte rior of the car to
re le as e the tailgate
4 Ope n the tailgate , pre s s the plug
back in and clos e the cove r at the
quick-re le as e fas te ne rs
5 Ins e rt and clos e the two s ide flaps .
3
9
2
d
e
3
0
1
196n
The BMW Eme rge ncy Se rvice is the re
to as s is t you, e ve n in the e ve nings , at
we e ke nds and on public holidays .
If you have a bre akdown, jus t call the
BMW Eme rge ncy Se rvice control ce ntre
for the country in which you are s itu-
ate d. Te le phone numbe rs are s hown at
the e nd of the lis t of BMW Europe an
Se rvice points .
If you cannot obtain the as s is tance you
re quire (e . g. be caus e of difficultie s in
obtaining a te le phone conne ction or
communicating in the local language ),
ple as e call the BMW Eme rge ncy Se rv-
ice in Munich, Ge rmany:
National dialling code for Ge rmany
(us ually 0049) 89 - 260 99 09.
The re is a lis t of national dialling code s
at the e nd of the lis t of BMW Europe an
Se rvice points .
Do not us e the s pray products s old as
s tarting aids .
If the car's own batte ry is flat, the e n-
gine can be s tarte d by us ing two jumpe r
cable s from anothe r ve hicle 's batte ry.
Us e only cable s with fully ins ulate d bat-
te ry pos t clips , e . g. to Ge rman DIN
72551 s tandard or e quivale nt.
Do not touch any e le ctrically live
parts whe n the e ngine is running
or a fatal accide nt may occur.<
Do not de part from the proce dure de -
s cribe d be low, or e ls e pe rs onal injury
could re s ult or one or both ve hicle s be
damage d.
1 Che ck that the othe r ve hicle 's batte ry
has a voltage of 12 V and approxi-
mate ly the s ame capacity in Amp/h
(this s hould be printe d on the batte ry)
2 Do not dis conne ct the flat batte ry
from the car's e le ctrical s ys te m
3 The two ve hicle s ' bodie s mus t not
touch ris k of s hort-circuit
4 Us e one jumpe r le ad to conne ct the
pos itive te rminal of the othe r batte ry
to the jump-s tarting conne ction in
your car's e ngine compartme nt. The
cap ove r this conne ction is marke d
Batt. + (s e e illus tration). Pull the cap
up to re move it. This Figure illus -
trate s , by way of e xample , the jump
s tart point on the BMW 520i, 523i
and 528i. For othe r mode ls , s e e de -
s cription of e ngine compartme nt,
s tarting on page 150
5 Conne ct the ne gative te rminals of the
two batte rie s as follows : Make the
firs t conne ction to the ne gative te rmi-
nal of the donor batte ry or to e arth
(ground) on the e ngine or body of the
donor ve hicle , and the n to e arth
(ground) on the ve hicle which you
wis h to s tart. On your BMW a s pe cial
3
9
0
d
e
1
4
5
BMW Emergency Service Starting with a flat battery
197n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
Starting with a flat battery Tow-starting, towing away
nut is provide d for this purpos e on
the s us pe ns ion s trut hous ing; s e e
arrow in illus tration
Conne ct the jumpe r le ads in the
corre ct orde r whe n you are as s is t-
ing the drive r of anothe r ve hicle as we ll,
s o that no s parks occur at the batte ry
and pos s ibly caus e injury.<
6 If the donor ve hicle 's batte ry is not
s trongly charge d, run its e ngine
7 Start the e ngine of the affe cte d ve hi-
cle in the us ual way, and allow it to
run as we ll as the othe r ve hicle 's e n-
gine . If an initial atte mpt to s tart the
e ngine fails , wait s e ve ral minute s until
the flat batte ry has be e n re charge d to
a s lightly gre ate r de gre e
3
9
0
d
e
1
4
6
8 Be fore dis conne cting the jumpe r
le ads from your BMW, s witch on the
lights , he ate d re ar window and maxi-
mum he ate r blowe r s pe e d and the n
ke e p the e ngine running for at le as t
10 s e conds , in orde r to avoid voltage
pe aks re aching the e le ctrical con-
s ume rs from the voltage re gulator
9 Dis conne ct the jumpe r le ads in the
oppos ite orde r from that in which
the y we re originally attache d.
Have the batte ry re charge d (de pe nding
on the caus e of the fault).
Towing eye
The s cre w-in towing e ye is ke pt in the
car's toolkit (on the touring, ne xt to the
s pare whe e l) and s hould always be car-
rie d on the car. It can be s cre we d in at
the front or the re ar of the car, and is
only to be us e d for towing on a firm
road s urface .
Access to threaded hole
Front:
Pre s s the arrow s ymbol on the cove r
and s wing it out to re move .
3
9
0
d
e
0
8
7
198nTow-starting, towing away
Re ar:
Pre s s the arrow s ymbol on the cove r
and s wing it out to re move .
Scre w the towing e ye in fully to
avoid the ris k of its thre ad be ing
damage d.
Ne ve r tow the car or las h it down at any
of the s us pe ns ion e le me nts , as this
could caus e damage and le ad to acci-
de nts occurring late r.<
For towing, e ithe r us e a towbar or a ny-
lon rope or tape to he lp avoid s udde n
te ns ile loads .
3
9
4
d
e
0
8
8
Using a towbar
The towing e ye s of both ve hicle s s hould
be on the s ame s ide .
If it is impos s ible to avoid attaching the
towbar at an angle , note the following:
> Towbar cle arance may be re s tricte d
whe n corne ring
> The angle d towbar ge ne rate s late ral
force s which could be critical if the
road s urface is s lippe ry
> To compe ns ate for the angle d tow-
bar, the towe d and towing ve hicle s
may have to be offs e t in re lation to
one anothe r
> the re is a ris k of s kidding to one s ide
whe n the towing ve hicle 's brake s are
applie d.
Do not tow a ve hicle he avie r than
your own, as the re is othe rwis e a
ris k of los ing control.<
Tow-starting
Cars with catalytic conve rte r s hould
only be tow-s tarte d if the e ngine is
cold. It is always pre fe rable to us e
jumpe r le ads .
1 Switch on the hazard warning
flas he rs
(comply with local re gulations )
2 Turn the ignition ke y to pos ition 2
3 Se le ct 3rd ge ar
4 Ke e p the clutch pe dal down. Whe n
the car is moving, gradually re le as e
the clutch pe dal. Afte r the e ngine has
fire d and is running, de pre s s the
clutch pe dal again
5 Switch off the hazard warning flas h-
e rs .
Have the caus e of s tarting proble ms
trace d and re ctifie d by BMW Se rvice .
Automatic-trans mis s ion cars :
The s e cars cannot be tow-s tarte d.
Starting with jumpe r le ads : s e e
page 196.
199n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
Tow-starting, towing away Fire extinguisher*
Towing away
1 Ignition ke y in s e tting 1 to e nable
brake lights , he adlamp flas he rs , horn
and winds cre e n wipe rs to be acti-
vate d
2 Switch on the hazard warning flas h-
e rs . (comply with local re gulations ).
If the car's e le ctrical s ys te m has faile d,
the car mus t be re nde re d ide ntifiable to
following ve hicle s , for ins tance by plac-
ing a notice or the warning triangle in
the re ar window.
Make s ure that the ignition ke y is
turne d to pos ition 1 e ve n if the
e le ctrical s ys te m has faile d; this is to
e ns ure that the s te e ring lock cannot e n-
gage and pre ve nt the car from be ing
s te e re d.
Whe n the e ngine is not running, the re is
no powe r as s is tance and the brake
s e rvo is out of action. The s te e ring and
brake s will re quire e xtra e ffort to ope r-
ate .<
Automatic-trans mis s ion cars :
1 Se t the s e le ctor le ve r to N
2 Maximum towing s pe e d:
70 km/h (approx. 43 mph)
3 Maximum towing dis tance : 150 km
Holde r* on drive r's s e at, or on front
pas s e nge r's s e at unle s s this s pace is
occupie d by a firs t aid box.
To e ns ure that the fire e xtinguis he r re -
mains ope rational, have it che cke d
e ve ry two ye ars by its manufacture r's
authoris e d afte r-s ale s s e rvice organis a-
tion.
If the s e s e rvice points are not lis te d on
the e xtinguis he r or in any docume nta-
tion available to you, ple as e cons ult a
local trade dire ctory or the "ye llow
page s " of the te le phone s e rvice to ob-
tain the addre s s .
200n
Initial overview
Controls in detail
and general care
Minor repairs
Technical data
Index
201n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
Adaptive trans mis s ion control
(AGS) 202
Airbags 203
Car radio 204
Hi-fi s ys te m (DSP) 205
dip 205
Inte gral-link re ar
s us pe ns ion 206
Late nt he at s tore 206
Rain s e ns or 207
Tyre Pre s s ure Control
(RDC) 208
Xe non he adlamps 208
winds cre e n 209
202n
Adaptive trans mis s ion control (AGS)
e valuate s a numbe r of factors be fore
de te rmining the be s t pos s ible auto-
matic trans mis s ion s hift points . It take s
your individual driving s tyle and the ac-
tual road and traffic s ituation into ac-
count.
AGS ide ntifie s driving s tyle from the
ope ning angle and s pe e d of move me nt
of the acce le rator pe dal, the rate of re -
tardation whe n braking and late ral ac-
ce le ration whe n corne ring. It the n s e -
le cts a s uitable s hift characte ris tic
which can range all the way from re -
laxe d trave l with the e mphas is on re -
fine me nt to harde r, highly e nthus ias tic
driving.
3
9
0
d
e
3
3
4
In orde r to take driving conditions into
account, AGS re gis te rs corne rs and
both uphill and downhill gradie nts . It
s uppre s s e s up-s hifts , for ins tance ,
whe n corne ring fas t. On uphill gradie nts
it de lays the up-s hift until a highe r e n-
gine s pe e d has be e n re ache d, in orde r
to make be tte r us e of the e ngine 's
powe r re s e rve s . Whe n driving downhill,
on the othe r hand, AGS s hifts down
more rapidly as the car be come s fas te r
and the drive r applie s the brake s .
AGS*
203n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
Re tardation s e ns ors continuous ly moni-
tor the acce le ration force s acting on the
car. If a frontal impact caus e s a rate of
re tardation at which the s e at be lts alone
could not provide s ufcie nt occupant
prote ction, the gas ge ne rators for the
drive r's and front pas s e nge r's airbags
are ignite d in paralle l. Howeve r, the front
pas s e nge r's airbag is only trigge re d off
if a furthe r s e ns or has ide ntie d that the
s e at is occupie d.
In the e ve nt of a s ide impact, the front
and re ar* airbags are trigge re d off as
ne ce s s ary.
3
9
0
d
e
3
1
9
The airbags locate d unde r the marke d
cove rs are inflate d within a fe w millis e c-
onds by the gas which is ge ne rate d,
caus ing the m to e me rge . Whe n the y do
s o, the y s plit ope n at the programme d
rupture line s down the uphols te re d cov-
e rs and force the s e cove rs outwards .
In vie w of the ve ry brie f s ys te m re -
s pons e time , the nois e of prope llant
ignition and inflation is los t in the ge n-
e ral accide nt s ituation. The gas re -
quire d for filling the airbags is not dan-
ge rous and e s cape s afte r a ve ry s hort
pe riod of time (e me rging as s moke ).
The e ntire proce s s is ove r in a fraction
of a s e cond.
Extre me ly re s pons ive s e ns ors monitor
the s pe e ds of rotation of the road
whe e ls and in the cas e of DSC als o the
s te e ring lock angle , late ral acce le ration,
braking pre s s ure and the car's move -
me nt round its ve rtical axis .
If diffe re nce s in the whe e l rotating
s pe e ds are de te cte d by the s ys te m,
the re is a ris k of whe e ls pin occurring,
and the powe r input is the re fore re -
duce d; in addition, the re ar whe e l
brake s are applie d if ne ce s s ary.
If an uns table driving condition is de -
te cte d by DSC, the front brake s may
als o be applie d in orde r to s tabilis e the
car.
The drive r may find it difficult initially to
grow accus tome d to the action of the
s ys te m. Howe ve r, it e ns ure s the be s t
pos s ible forward traction and dynamic
s tability at all time s .
Whe n the brake s are applie d by the
s ys te m, s ome nois e will be he ard.
Airbags ASC+T/DSC*
204nCar radio Seat belt catch tensioner
The me dium wave (MW), long wave
(LW) and s hort wave (SW) bands can be
picke d up a long way from the trans mit-
te r, be caus e the s ignals are broadcas t
both as ground wave s and through the
air re fle cte d by the ionos phe re .
VHF (FM) re ce ption provide s far highe r
lis te ning quality than any of the AM
wave bands . The range of e ach trans -
mitte r, howe ve r, is low, s ince the s ig-
nals are trans mitte d by line of s ight.
3
6
0
d
e
0
8
4
The limitations from which all non-s ta-
tionary radio re ce ive rs s uffe r are com-
pe ns ate d for by a varie ty of inge nious
s ys te ms :
The Radio Data Sys te m (RDS) e ns ure s
that whe n a radio s tation is be ing
broadcas t on s e ve ral fre que ncie s , the
s e t automatically s witche s to whiche ve r
fre que ncy offe rs the be s t re ce ption.
For ae rial dive rs ity, s e ve ral VHF ae rials
mus t be available . An inte grate d micro-
proce s s or automatically s e le cts the ae r-
ial which provide s the be s t re ce ption of
the incoming VHF s ignal. The change to
the be s t ae rial fie ld occurs within a fe w
millis e conds , and is not appare nt to the
lis te ne r.
The s e at be lt catch te ns ione r e ns ure s
that in the e ve nt of a collis ion the s e at
be lt is taute ne d acros s the we are r's
body and holds it firmly in the s e at.
Within a fraction of a s e cond, the be lt
catch is re tracte d by gas pre s s ure , s o
that the lap and s houlde r s traps of the
s e at be lt are both taute ne d at the s ame
time . This provide s furthe r prote ction
agains t s lipping unde r the lap be lt.
3
9
0
d
e
3
3
0
205n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
HiFi system (DSP)* Inside mirror, automatic anti-glare*
The Profe s s ional DSP hi-fi s ys te m with
top-quality hi-fi amplifie r, Digital Sound
Proce s s or (DSP) and inte grate d loud-
s pe ake rs yie lds a fas cinatingly natural,
pre cis e s ound quality. The louds pe ake r
s ys te m e mploys s ub-woofe rs , woofe rs ,
mid-range units and dome -patte rn
twe e te rs to cre ate a mos t impre s s ive
s patial e ffe ct. The louds pe ake rs are lo-
cate d in s uch a way that all the car's
occupants have the impre s s ion that the
s ound image come s from the front, as
in a conce rt hall. During the journe y, the
s ound image is automatically modifie d
to take road s pe e d and nois e le ve ls into
account.
3
9
0
d
e
1
0
9
The automatic-dip inte rior mirror coun-
te racts the glare caus e d by following
ve hicle s according to its inte ns ity, and
re s tore s the original re fle cting capacity
of the mirror as s oon as the offe nding
light s ource is no longe r pre s e nt. A light
s e ns or facing forwards in the mirror
cas ing me as ure s light inte ns ity in front
of the car. The re is a s e cond light s e n-
s or in the mirror glas s . An e le ctronic
re gulating s ys te m compare s the light
inte ns itie s at the front and re ar. The dif-
fe re nce be twe e n the m ge ne rate s an
e le ctrical voltage which is applie d to a
ge l coating on the mirror glas s .
3
9
0
d
e
1
1
3
This ge l unde rgoe s a che mical re action
whe n the voltage re ache s it, and dark-
e ns the mirror s te ple s s ly (e le ctrochro-
mic principle ).
The mirror no longe r has to be re s e t
manually to avoid be ing dazzle d by fol-
lowing ve hicle s , s o that the drive r can
conce ntrate fully on the ge ne ral traffic
s ituation.
206nIntegral-link rear suspension Latent heat store*
The control arms of the pate nte d inte -
gral link re ar s us pe ns ion s ys te m, which
are made of aluminium, are not pivote d
dire ctly to the body. The y are re s ilie ntly
mounte d on a s ub-frame , which in turn
is re s ilie ntly attache d to the bodys he ll.
Eve n the s lighte s t road s urface irre gu-
laritie s are abs orbe d by this double re -
s ilie nt mounting principle .
The whe e l locating arms of the inte gral
link re ar s us pe ns ion have pivots with a
pre cis e ly compute d de gre e of e las ticity,
s o that a pre de te rmine d s e lf-s te e ring
e ffe ct is achie ve d. This e nhance s driv-
ing s afe ty in all s ituations .
The picture s hows the s aloon's re ar
axle . The touring's compact, we ight-
s aving re ar axle the s hock abs orbe rs
mounte d at an angle from the ve rtical.
3
9
0
d
e
1
1
4
The late nt he at s tore is capable of re -
taining was te he at from the e ngine for
s eve ral days , eve n at ve ry low outs ide
te mpe rature s . Whe n the e ngine is re -
s tarte d, this he at is available for imme -
diate us e, for ins tance to de fros t the
winds cre e n and s ide windows . The
time s re quire d for he ating the car inte -
rior and the time take n by the e ngine to
re ach ope rating te mpe rature are re -
duce d s ubs tantially (arrow).
The late nt he at accumulator cons is ts of
an e xtre me ly we ll-ins ulate d re s e rvoir
conne cte d to the e ngine 's cooling s ys -
te m.
3
9
0
d
e
1
1
5
The principle us e s the late nt he at re -
le as e d from an e nvironme ntally acce pt-
able s alt mixture whe n it change s from
a liquid to a s olid s tate . Like the he at
which is re le as e d whe n ice me lts , the
he at from the warm e ngine is s tore d by
conve rting the s alt mixture into a fluid.
If "e mpty", the late nt he at accumulator
will be re ady for furthe r us e afte r the car
has be e n drive n for about 15 minute s .
In this way, the late nt he at accumulator
is able to incre as e driving s afe ty by im-
proving conditions within the car and
e ngine re s pons e , but without impos ing
any burde n on the e nvironme nt.
No action on the drive r's part is ne e de d,
as the de vice is e le ctronically control-
le d.
207n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
Self-levelling suspension* Rain sensor*
Se lf-leve lling re ar s us pe ns ion ke e ps the
car's ground cle arance cons tant de -
s pite load change s .
The car is e quippe d with air s pring
s truts at the re ar ins te ad of the conve n-
tional s te e l s prings and s hock abs orb-
e rs . An e le ctronic control unit de te r-
mine s body ride he ight at any give n
mome nt with the he lp of two s e ns ors ,
and inje cts air from a compre s s or into
the air s prings if ne ce s s ary.
By incre as ing air s pring pre s s ure in re -
s pons e to load, the s e lf-le ve lling s us -
pe ns ion not only e ns ure s a cons tant
ride he ight but als o a cons is te ntly high
s tandard of ride comfort re gardle s s of
the load be ing carrie d.
3
9
0
d
e
1
3
6
The rain s e ns or ope rate s the wind-
s cre e n wipe rs whe n rain is de te cte d on
the glas s .
An infra-re d be am is dire cte d agains t
the glas s through an optical de vice , and
re fle cte d fully if the winds cre e n is dry.
The amount of re fle cte d light is me as -
ure d by the de vice .
If the re are drople ts of wate r on the
winds cre e n, the amount of light re -
fle cte d dire ctly back is re duce d, s ince
the infra-re d be am can e s cape at the
glas s s urface . In othe r words , the pro-
portion of re fle cte d light de te rmine s the
amount of rain s triking the winds cre e n.
3
9
0
d
e
1
3
3
If the inte rmitte nt-wipe mode has be e n
s e le cte d, the wipe rs re s pond imme di-
ate ly, for ins tance , if the ve hicle in front
s plas he s wate r on to the winds cre e n. In
this way, the rain s e ns or make s a con-
tribution to gre ate r s afe ty as we ll as
more conve nie nt driving.
208nTyre pressure control (RDC)* Xenon headlamps*
This s ys te m pe rforms re gular tyre pre s -
s ure che cks for you and monitors the
pre s s ure of all four tyre s , e ve n while
you are driving.
The re is an e le ctronic unit in e ve ry
whe e l, de s igne d to withs tand high
s tre s s e s and s trains and to cope with a
long s e rvice life . It contains a pre s s ure
s e ns or, a trans mitte r and a batte ry.
Pre s s ure is me as ure d at fre que nt, re gu-
lar inte rvals and the re ading trans mitte d
by radio. If the re is any irre gularity, the
trans mis s ion rate is incre as e d.
3
9
4
d
e
3
0
4
The re are ae rials in the body be s ide
e ach whe e l which re ce ive s ignals from
all four whe e ls . A ce ntral e le ctronic
control unit e valuate s the s e multiple
s ignals and re ports any change s as
the y appe ar.
RDC make s a s ignificant contribution to
road s afe ty.
Xe non light gre atly incre as e s the illumi-
nation of the are as in front of the car
and at the s ide of the road; it is cons id-
e rably brighte r and more uniform than
conve ntional haloge n he adlamps .
In the xe non he adlamp an e le ctric arc
take s the place of the filame nt, and
ge ne rate s an inte ns ive light s ource . A
mixture of an ine rt gas and a me tallic
vapour in a quartz glas s s le e ve is ig-
nite d by a high e le ctrical voltage . The
re s ulting arc is maintaine d by a lowe r
voltage . Whe n the xe non he adlamps
are s witche d on, a brie f pe riod is
ne e de d for the full be am s tre ngth to
build up. Maximum brightne s s is
achie ve d afte r about 15 s e conds .
3
9
0
d
e
1
3
4
209n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
Xenon headlamps* Water- and dirt-repellent windscreen
Xe non light he lps the drive r to locate
the car's pos ition e ffe ctive ly, particu-
larly in poor we athe r and difficult driving
conditions for ins tance at night, in
he avy rain or if road works are e ncoun-
te re d and the markings on the road s ur-
face are mis s ing.
Cars with xe non he adlamps are als o
e quippe d with automatic he adlamp
be am angle control. The road s urface is
thus illuminate d e ffe ctive ly de s pite
change s in the load on the car, and on-
coming traffic is not dazzle d. Se e als o
page 91.
Xe non light als o make s an important
contribution towards road s afe ty by e n-
abling the drive r to s e e othe r road
us e rs , particularly pe de s trians , cyclis ts
and motorcyclis ts , at the s ide of the
road.
This winds cre e n (in pre paration) has a
s pe cially s moothe d s urface to which
wate r drople ts do not adhe re ; as the y
roll off the y take dirt particle s with the m.
Eve n whe n ne w, glas s in conve ntional
windows has a rough s urface whe n
vie we d unde r a micros cope (1). The
wate r- and dirt-re pe lle nt winds cre e n is
give n an abs olute ly trans pare nt liquid
coating.
De pe nding on how cle an the winds cre e n
is, drople ts of wate r blow off at a s pe e d
of approx. 60 km/h (approx. 37 mph).
The coating, which is abs olute ly trans -
pare nt, has no adve rs e e ffe ct on the view
through the winds cre e n.
3
9
0
d
e
3
3
7
Othe r advantage s :
> A cle ar vie w and the re fore gre ate r
s afe ty whe n we athe r conditions are
poor
> Le s s glare whe n driving afte r dark in
rainy we athe r.
210n
Initial overview
Controls in detail
Minor repairs
Technical data
Index
211n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
Engine data 212
Fue l cons umption, carbon diox-
ide /O e mis s ion le ve l 213
Dime ns ions 215
We ights 217
Pe rformance 221
Ele ctrical s ys te m 224
V-be lts 224
and general care
212n
BMW 520i/touring BMW 523i/touring BMW 528i/touring BMW 535i
Dis place me nt
Numbe r of cylinde rs
cc 1991
6
2494
6
2793
6
3498
8
Max. powe r output
at e ngine s pe e d
kW/bhp
rpm
110/150
5900
125/170
5500
142/193
5500
180/245
5800
Max. torque
at e ngine s pe e d
Nm
rpm
190
3500
245
3500
280
3500
345
3800
Compre s s ion ratio e

11 10,5 10,2 10
Stroke
Bore
mm
mm
66
80
75
84
84
84
78,9
84
Mixture pre paration Digital Motor Ele ctronics
BMW 540i/touring BMW 525td BMW 525tds /touring BMW 530d/touring
Dis place me nt
Numbe r of cylinde rs
cc 4398
8
2497
6
2497
6
2926
6
Max. powe r output
at e ngine s pe e d
kW/bhp
rpm
210/286
5400
85/115
4800
105/143
4600
135/184
4000
Max. torque
at e ngine s pe e d
Nm
rpm
440
3600
230
1900
280
2200
390
1750 to 3200
Compre s s ion ratio
e
10 22 22 18
Stroke
Bore
mm
mm
82.7
92
82.8
80
82.8
80
88
84
Mixture pre paration Digital Motor
Ele ctronics
Digital Die s e l Ele ctronics (DDE)
Engine data
213n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
BMW 520i BMW 520i BMW 523i BMW 523i
Town
Country
Total
O e mis s ions
litre s /100 km
(Imp. mpg)
litre s /100 km
(Imp. mpg)
litre s /100 km
(Imp. mpg)
gramme s /km
5-s p. ge arbox
12.6/13.7
(22.4/20.6)
9.0/9.6
(31.4/29.4)
8.1/8.3
(34.9/34.0)
215/220
Automatic
14.5/15.3
(19.5/18.5)
9.9/10.5 (
28.5/26.9)
9.1/9.4
(31.0/30.1)
242/250
5-s p. ge arbox
13.1/13.4
(21.6/21.1)
9.4/9.8
(30.1/28.8)
8.1/8.3
(34.9/34.0)
215/220
Automatic
15.0/15.6
(18.8/18.1)
10.3/10.7
(27.4/26.4)
9.1/9.4
(31.0/30.1)
242/250
Town
Country
Total
O e mis s ions
litre s /100 km
(Imp. mpg)
litre s /100 km
(Imp. mpg)
litre s /100 km
(Imp. mpg)
gramme s /km
5-s p. ge arbox
13.6/13.8
(20.8/20.5)
9.5/9.8
(29.7/28.8)
8.1/8.3
(34.9/34.0)
215/220
Automatic
15.6/15.5
(18.1/18.2)
10.5/10.7
(26.9/26.4)
9.1/9.4
(31.0/30.1)
242/250
5-s p. ge arbox
16.9
(16.7)
11.6
(24.4)
11.9
(23.7)
283
Automatic
16.7
(16.9)
11.7
(24.1)
10.1
(28.0)
241
BMW 540i BMW 540i BMW 525td
Town
Country
Total
O e mis s ions
litre s /100 km
(Imp. mpg)
litre s /100 km
(Imp. mpg)
litre s /100 km
(Imp. mpg)
gramme s /km
6-s p. ge arbox
17.7/18.0
(16.0/15.7)
12.1/12.4
(23.3/22.8)
12.3/12.7
(23.0/22.2)
293/302
Automatic
17.2/17.6
(16.4/16.1)
12.1/12.6
(23.3/22.4)
9.1/9.4
(31.0/30.1)
242/250
5-s p. ge arbox
11.3
(25.0)
6.0
(47.1)
7.9
(35.8)
210
Firs t value : s aloon; s e cond value : touring
Fuel consumption, carbon dioxide (CO ) emissions
2
214nFuel consumption, carbon dioxide (CO ) emissions
2
BMW 525tds BMW 525tds BMW 530d BMW 530d
Town
Country
Total
O e mis s ions
litre s /100 km
(Imp. mpg)
litre s /100 km
(Imp. mpg)
litre s /100 km
(Imp. mpg)
gramme s /km
5-s p. ge arbox
11.5/11.7
(24.6/24.1)
6.2/6.3
(45.6/44.8)
8.1/8.3
(34.9/34.0)
215/220
Automatic
13.0/13.4
(21.7/21.1)
7.0/7.2
(40.4/39.2)
9.1/9.4
(31.0/30.1)
242/250
5-s p. ge arbox
9.8/10.0
(28.8/28.2)
7.2/7.4
(39.2/38.2)
8.1/8.3
(34.9/34.0)
215/220
Automatic
11.7/11.9
(24.1/23.7)
8.3/8.5
(34.0/33.2)
9.1/9.4
(31.0/30.1)
242/250
Firs t value : s aloon; s e cond value : touring
Fue l cons umption is de te rmine d according to a s tandard te s t me thod (93/116/EU). It is not the s ame as the ave rage fue l
cons umption in practice , which de pe nds on a gre at many diffe re nt factors s uch as driving s tyle , load, road condition, traffic
de ns ity and flow, we athe r, tyre pre s s ure s e tc. Engine powe r output and road pe rformance data are me as ure d in the condi-
tions laid down by 80/1269 EU and DIN 70020 (with the car to s tandard s pe cification). This s tandard s pe cifie s the pe rmit-
te d tole rance s . Additional e quipme nt on the car may have quite a s ignificant influe nce on both pe rformance and fue l con-
s umption, s ince it us ually affe cts the car's we ight and c value (drag coe fficie nt), for ins tance roof rack, wide r tyre s ,
additional mirrors e tc.
215n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
Dimensions
3
9
4
d
e
3
6
7
All dime ns ions in millime tre s (mm). Value afte r /: with automatic-dip outs ide mirrors
Minimum turning circle (dia.)11.3 m (37.1 ft); BMW 535i, 540i: 11.4 m (37.4 ft)
216nDimensions
3
9
2
d
e
3
6
6
All dime ns ions in millime tre s (mm). Value afte r /: with automatic-dip outs ide mirrors
Minimum turning circle (dia.): 11.3 m (37.1 ft); BMW 540i: 11.4 m (37.4 ft)
217n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
Weights saloon
We ight of car, unlade n (with one occupant, re ady for road, tank full, e xcluding optional e xtras )
with manual ge arbox
with automatic trans mis s ion
kg (lb)
kg (lb)
1545 (3406)
1575 (3472)
1550 (3417)
1580 (3483)
1575 (3472)
1605 (3538)
1685 (3715)
1730 (3814)
Pe rmitte d gros s we ight
while towing a traile r
kg (lb)
kg (lb)
kg (lb)
kg (lb)
1980 (4365)
2010 (4431)
2020 (4453)
2050 (4519)
1985 (4376)
2015 (4442)
2030 (4475)
2060 (4541)
2040 (4497)
2070 (2070)
2050 (4519)
2080 (4586)
2150 (4740)
2195 (4839)
2240 (4938)
2285 (5038)
Front axle load limit kg (lb)
975 (2149)
975 (2149)
1000 (2205) 1090 (2403)
Re ar axle load limit for traile r towing kg (lb)
kg (lb)
1125 (2480)
1230 (2712)
1125 (2480)
1230 (2712)
1170 (2580)
1250 (2756)
1200 (2646)
1305 (2877)
Towing loads according to EU ope rating pe rmit (acc. to factory s pe cification and le gally pe rmitte d in Ge rmany).
BMW Se rvice will have de tails of pos s ible incre as e s . Note and comply with diffe re nt value s in ce rtain countrie s .
unbrake d
brake d, max. gradie nt 12X (manual ge arbox/auto-
matic trans mis s ion)
brake d, max. gradie nt 8X (s upple me ntary pe rmit)
kg (lb)
kg (lb)
kg (lb)
750 (1653)
1500/1700
(3307/3748)
1900 (4189)
750 (1653)
1800/1900
(3968/4189)
1900 (4189)
750 (1653)
2000/2000
(4409/4409)
2000 (4409)
750 (1653)
2000/2000
(4409/4409)
2000 (4409)
Traile r nos e we ight kg (lb) 90 (198)
Roof load kg (lb) 100 (220)
Luggage compartme nt capacity acc. to VDA te s t l (cu.ft) 460 (16.2)
If you make full us e of the quote d traile r load limit on gradie nts up to 12X and als o wis h to load the car its e lf up to its pe r-
mis s ible gros s we ight limit, you are re comme nde d not to drive up gradie nts s te e pe r than 10X.
Do not e xce e d e ithe r the axle load limits or the car's gros s we ight limit.
218nWeights saloon
BMW 540i BMW 525td BMW 525tds BMW 530d
kg (lb)
kg (lb)
1705 (3759)
1735 (3825)
1580 (3483)
1585 (3494)
1615 (3560)
1650 (3638)
1660 (3660)
kg (lb)
kg (lb)
kg (lb)
kg (lb)
2170 (4784)
2200 (4850)
2260 (4982)
2290 (5049)
2015 (4442)
2080 (4586)
2020 (4453)
2050 (4519)
2090 (4608)
2120 (4674)
2115 (4663)
2125 (4685)
2205 (4861)
2215 (4883)
Front axle load limit kg (lb) 1090 (2403) 1020 (2249)
1020 (2249) 1060 (2337)
kg (lb)
1200 (2646)
1305 (2877)
1135 (2502)
1240 (2734)
1135 (2502)
1240 (2734)
1170 (2579)
1275 (2811)
unbrake d
brake d, gradie nts up to 12X
(s upple me ntary pe rmit)
kg (lb)
kg (lb)
kg (lb)
750 (1653)
2000 (4409)
2000 (4409)
750 (1653)
1900 (4189)
1900 (4189)
750 (1653)
1900 (4189)
1900 (4189)
750 (1653)
2000 (4409)
2000 (4409)
Luggage compartme nt capacity acc. to VDA te s t litre s
(cu.ft)
460 (16.2)
219n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
Weights touring
BMW 520i BMW 523i BMW 528i
kg (lb)
kg (lb)
1645 (3627)
1675 (3693)
1655 (3649)
1685 (3715)
1690 (3726)
1720 (3792)
kg (lb)
kg (lb)
kg (lb)
kg (lb)
2195 (4839)
2225 (4905)
2125 (4685) or
2195 (4839)
2225 (4905)
2205 (4861)
2235 (4927)
2205 (4861)
2235 (4927)
2200 (4850)
2230 (4916)
2200 (4850)
2230 (4916)
Front axle load limit kg (lb) 1000 (2205) 1000 (2205) 1010 (2227)
kg (lb)
1275 (2811)
1360 (2998)
1275 (2811)
1360 (2998)
1290 (2844)
1380 (3042)
unbrake d
brake d, gradie nts up to 12X (manual ge arbox/auto-
matic trans mis s ion)
brake d, max. gradie nt 8X (with s upple me ntary pe rmit)
kg (lb)
kg (lb)
kg (lb)
750 (1653)
1600/1700
(3527/3748)
1900 (4189)
750 (1653)
1800/1900
(3968/4189)
1900 (4189)
750 (1653)
2000/2000
(4409/4409)
2000 (4409
Luggage compartme nt capacity acc. to VDA te s t l (cu.ft) 410 1525 (14.5 53.8)
BMW 520i with manual ge arbox: 1600 kg (3527 lb) traile r load only up to a gros s ve hicle we ight of 2125 kg (4685 lb). If the
full gros s ve hicle we ight of 2195 kg (4839 lb) is utilis e d, the max. towing load is only 1530 kg (3373 lb).
220nWeights touring
BMW 540i BMW 525tds BMW 530d
kg (lb)
kg (lb)
1815 (4001)
1845 (4067)
1695 (3737)
1725 (1725)
1760 (3880)
1770 (3902)
kg (lb)
kg (lb)
kg (lb)
kg (lb)
2280 (5026)
2310 (5093)
2370 (5225)
2400 (5291)
2205 (4861)
2235 (4927)
2205 (4861)
2235 (4927)
2310 (5093)
2320 (5115)
2310 (5093)
2320 (5115)
Front axle load limit kg (lb) 1095 (2414) 1040 (2293) 1065 (2348)
kg (lb)
1275 (2811)
1410 (3108)
1280 (2822)
1370 (3020)
1300 (2866)
1390 (3064)
unbrake d
brake d, gradie nts up to 8X (s upple me ntary pe rmit)
kg (lb)
kg (lb)
kg (lb)
750 (1653)
2000 (4409)
2000 (4409)
750 (1653)
1900 (4189)
1900 (4189)
750 (1653)
2000 (4409)
2000 (4409)
Luggage compartme nt capacity acc. to VDA te s t l (cu.ft) 410 1525 (14.5 53.8)
221n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
Performance saloon
Top s pe e d
km/h (mph)
km/h (mph)
220 (136)
210 (130)
228 (141)
226 (140)
240 (149)
235 (146)
250 (155)
247 (153)
Acce le ration from
0 to 50 km/h (0 to 31 mph) s 3.3 2.8 2.6 2.5
0 to 80 km/h (0 to 50 mph) s 6.8 5.8 5.3 5.0
0 to 100 km/h (0 to 62 mph) s 10.2 (11.5) 8.5 (9.7) 7.5 (8.8) 6.9 (7.6)
0 to 120 km/h (0 to 75 mph) s 13.9 11.6 10.6 9.7
80 to 120 km/h
(50 to 75 mph) in 4th ge ar
s 10.7 9.2 8.2 7.4
Standing-s tart kilome tre s 31.1 (32.7) 29.2 (30.5) 28.2 (29.4) 27.1 (28.1)
BMW 540i BMW 525td BMW 525tds BMW 530d
Top s pe e d
km/h (mph)
km/h (mph)
250 (155)
(gove rne d)
250 (155)
(gove rne d)
198 (123)
211 (131)
205 (127)
225 (139)
225 (139)
Acce le ration from
0 to 50 km/h (0 to 31 mph) s 2.5 3.8 3.4 2.9
0 to 80 km/h (0 to 50 mph) s 4.6 8.0 7.0 5.6
0 to 100 km/h (0 to 62 mph) s 6.2 (6.5) 11.9 10.4 (11.0) 8.1 (8.4)
0 to 120 km/h (0 to 75 mph) s 8.5 17.1 14.4 11.1
80 to 120 km/h
s 6.2 11.7 9.4 7.2
Standing-s tart kilome tre s 25.9 (26.5) 33.3 31.6 (32.3) 28.8 (29.6)
Value s in ( ): with automatic trans mis s ion
222nPerformance touring
BMW 520i BMW 523i BMW 528i
Top s pe e d
km/h (mph)
km/h (mph)
212 (131)
209 (129)
224 (139)
222 (137)
233 (144)
229 (142)
Acce le ration from
0 to 50 km/h (0 to 31 mph) s 3.3 2.9 2.6
0 to 80 km/h (0 to 50 mph) s 7.0 6.0 5.5
0 to 100 km/h (0 to 62 mph) s 10.6 (11.9) 8.9 (10.2) 7.9 (9.3)
0 to 120 km/h (0 to 75 mph) s 14.5 12.2 11.1
80 to 120 km/h
s 10.7 9.0 8.4
Standing-s tart kilome tre s 31.6 (33.4) 29.7 (31.1) 28.8 (30.1)
BMW 540i BMW 525tds BMW 530d
Top s pe e d
km/h (mph)
km/h (mph)
250 (155) (gove rne d)
250 (155) (gove rne d)
210 (130)
203 (126)
222 (137)
222 (137)
Acce le ration from
0 to 50 km/h (0 to 31 mph) s 2.4 3.4 2.9
0 to 80 km/h (0 to 50 mph) s 4.6 7.2 5.7
0 to 100 km/h (0 to 62 mph) s 6.3 (6.7) 10.7 (11.4) 8.3 (8.9)
0 to 120 km/h (0 to 75 mph) s 8.8 14.9 11.6
80 to 120 km/h
s 6.6 9.9 7.6
Standing-s tart kilome tre s 26.2 (26.9) 32.0 (32.7) 29.3 (30.2)
Value s in ( ): with automatic trans mis s ion
223n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
Filling capacities
Litre s (Imp. units ) Note
Fue l tank
including re s e rve of
approx. 70 (15.4 gal.)
approx. 8 (1.8 gal.) with 6-cylinde r e ngine
approx. 10 (2.1 gal.) with 8-cylinde r e ngine
Fue l grade : page 25
Winds cre e n was he r
incl. he adlamp cle aning s ys te m
Inte ns ive cle aning s ys te m
approx. 3.5 (6.2 pints ) Saloon
approx. 6.0 (10.6 pints ) touring
approx. 6.0 (10.6 pints )
approx. 1.0 (1.8 pints )
For furthe r de tails , page 156
Cooling s ys te m, incl. he ate r circuit 8.5 (99.9 pints ) BMW 520i, 523i, 528i
12.5 (22.0 pints ) BMW 535i, 540i
10.0 (99.9 pints ) BMW 525td/tds
9.2 (16.2 pints ) BMW 530d
For furthe r de tails , page 160
Engine oil with filte r re ne wal 6. 5 (11.4 pints ) BMW 520i, 523i, 528i
7.5 (13.2 pints ) BMW 535i, 540i
6.75 (99.9 pints ) BMW 525td/tds
7.0 (12.3 pints ) BMW 530d
Long-life oil for s park-ignition
and die s e l e ngine s .
Oil grade s : page 158
Manual ge arbox, automatic trans mis s ion
and final drive
Pe rmane ntly fille d, no oil
change s
224nElectrical system V-belts
Battery
BMW 520i, 523i, 528i:
12 V, 70 Amp/h
BMW 535i, 540i:
12 V, 90 Amp/h
BMW 525td/tds , 530d:
12 V, 95 Amp/h
Spark plugs
NGK BKR 6 EQUP
Bos ch FGR 7 DQP
BMW 520i, 523i, 528i
Coolant pump alte rnator powe r
s te e ring
Ribbe d, 6 K x 1538
Air conditioning compre s s or
Ribbe d, 5 K x 906
BMW 535i, 540i
s te e ring
Ribbe d, 7 KLB x 1635
Ribbe d, 5 K x 1007
BMW 525td/tds
s te e ring
Ribbe d, 5 K x 1815
Ribbe d, 4 PK x 781
BMW 530d
s te e ring
Ribbe d, 5 PK x 2063
Ribbe d, 5 PK x 810
You can obtain Original BMW
Parts and Acce s s orie s toge the r
with compe te nt advice from BMW Se rv-
ice .<
225n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
226n
Initial overview
Controls in detail
and general care
Minor repairs
Technical data
Index
227n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
From A to Z 228
Minor re pairs from A to Z 234
From A to Z
A
ABS (anti-lock brake
s ys te m) 21, 130
Acce le ration 221
Acce s s orie s 5
Activate d charcoal filte r 105
Adaptive Trans mis s ion Con-
trol 67, 202
Ae rial 136
Ae rial dive rs ity 204
Air conditioning,
automatic 102
Air dis tribution 96, 102
Air outle ts 94
Air s upply 96, 103
Air ve nts 100
Airbags 21, 59, 170, 203
Alarm s ys te m 44
Alloy whe e ls 141
Antifre e ze 133, 160
Anti-glare inte rior mirror 205
(ABS) 21, 130
Anti-the ft s ys te m 44
Aquaplaning 128, 137
Artificial le athe r, care 167
ASC+T (Automatic Stability
Control plus Traction)
21, 86, 203
As htrays 111
AUC (Automatic Re circu-
late d Air Control) 103
Automatic air
conditioning 100
Automatic Re circulate d Air
Control (AUC) 103
Automatic Stability Control
plus Traction (ASC+T)
21, 86, 203
Automatic trans mis s ion
21, 67
Ste ptronic 69
Changing re mote control
batte ry 185
Ne w trans mitte r 185
Auxiliary he ate r control, s e e
radio ope rating ins truc-
tions
Auxiliary he ate r, re mote con-
trol 108
Ave rage fue l cons ump-
tion 83
Ave rage s pe e d 83
Axle loads 217
B
Batte ry 190, 224
Charging 191
Re moving and
ins talling 191
State of charge 191
Batte ry capacity 224
Batte ry changing
Re mote control for auxil-
iary he ate r 185
Be am throw adjus tme nt 91
Be lt catch te ns ione r 204
Biodie s e l 26
Blowe r 96, 103
BMW Comfort s e at 51
Brake fluid 161
Brake hydraulics , brake
pads 20
Brake lights
Changing bulb 179
Brake s 131
Malfunctions 132
Bre akdown Se rvice 196
Bulb-changing 177
C
Can holde r 110
Car care , e xte rior 165
Car care , inte rior 167
Car ke ys 34
Car Me mory 57
Car phone 110, 136
Car phone malfunctions 136
Car phone , s e e s e parate
ope rating ins tructions
Car radio re ce ption 136, 204
Car radio, s e e s e parate
Car was he s 164
Caravan towing 123
Care of car 133
Care of car, e xte rior 165
Cas s e tte ope ration,
s e e radio ope rating
ins tructions
CD ope ration, s e e radio
Ce ntral locking 36
Button, s afe ty buttons on
doors 39
Ce ntre brake light 181
Chas s is numbe r 162
Che ck Control 80
Che ck Control button 80
Child s e at 61
Clock, s e e radio ope rating
ins tructions
O e mis s ions 213
Code , s e e radio ope rating
ins tructions
Comfort s e at 51
Compartme nts in load
are a 118
Compute r 83
Cons umption 78
Controls 14
Coolant 133, 160
A Z
From A to Z 229n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
Cruis e control 75
Cup holde r 110
D
Date , s e e radio ope rating
ins tructions
Daytime dippe d he ad-
lamps 90
DBC (Dynamic Brake Con-
trol) 22, 132
De adlock 44
De fogging windows 99
De fros t s e tting 102
De fros ting windows 99
De mis ting windows 99
Die s e l fue l 26, 133
Die s e l-e ngine inje ction s ys -
te m 136
Digital clock, s e e radio ope r-
ating ins tructions
(DDE) 136
Dime ns ions 215
Dippe d he adlamps 90
Dips tick 157
Dis c brake s 131
Dis place me nt 212
Dis play lighting 90
Dis plays 16
Door ke ys 34
Doors
Locking and unlocking 36
Manual ope ration 36
Re mote control 37
Driving are a 14
Driving hints
Aquaplaning 128
DSC (Dynamic Stability Con-
trol) 21, 86, 203
DSP amplifie r, re fe r to Radio
Owne r's Manual
DSP Digital Sound Proce s -
s or 205
Dynamic Brake Control
(DBC) 22, 132
Dynamic Stability Control
(DSC) 21, 86, 203
E
Eco-die s e l 26
EDC (Ele ctronic Damping
Control) 87
Ele ctric mirror he ating 54
Ele ctrical cons ume r
failure 192
Ele ctrical de fe ct
Sunroof 194
Tailgate (touring) 195
(EDC) 87
Ele ctronic immobilize r 35
Eme rge ncy ope ration,
doors 36
load are a 40
luggage compartme nt 40
tailgate 40
Eme rge ncy Se rvice 196
Ene rgy Control 78
Engine compartme nt lid
re le as e 147
Engine data 212
Engine oil 157
Engine oil cons umption 157
Engine oil grade s 158
Engine oil le ve l 20, 21
Engine oil le ve l che ck 157
Engine oil pre s s ure 20
Engine s ize 212
Equipme nt fitte d, s e e Se rv-
ice Bookle t
F
Failure dis plays 80
Fault dis plays 80
Firs t aid kit 24
Flas hing turn indicator
re pe ate rs 22
Flat batte ry 196
Flooding 128
Fog lights 92
Changing bulb 179
Folding re ar s e at back 113
Foot brake 131
Footwe ll lights 93
Changing bulb 182
Fore ign us e 171
Front s e at adjus tme nt 49
Fros t prote ction,
radiator 160
Fue l additive s 133
Fue l cons umption 78
Fue l cons umption
figure s 213
Fue l cons umption,
ave rage 83
Re le as e if an e le ctrical
de fe ct occurs 194
Fue l gauge 78
Fue l grade 25
Fue l re s e rve te lltale 78
Fue l tank 223
Fus e s 192
G
Ge arbox, manual-s hift 66
Glove box 109
Glove box light, changing
bulb 182
Grills 100
Gros s we ight 217
From A to Z
H
Hand lamp 109
Handbrake 21, 65
Hands -fre e s ys te m 110
He ad airbags 59
He ad re s traints 50
He adlamp cle aning
s ys te m 74
He adlamp flas he r 72
He adlight adjus tme nt driving
on right/le ft 171
He adlight be am throw
adjus tme nt 91
He adlight cle aning
s ys te m 156
He adlight cove rs , care of
164, 177
He at accumulator 206
He ate d re ar window 75, 96
He ate d s e ats 106
He ating and ve ntilation
94, 100
He ating with e ngine
s toppe d 104
He ating, rapid 98
He avy loads 121
He ight 215
HiFi s ys te m 205
High-be am he adlamps
22, 91
Changing bulb 177
Horn 15
Hydraulic Brake As s is tant,
s e e DBC 22, 132
I
Ice warning 77
Ice , re moving from
windows 102
Ignition s witch 63
Immobilize r 35
Inde pe nde nt ve ntilation 107
Ins ide mirror 54
Ins pe ction 79
Ins trume nt clus te r 16
ins trume nt clus te r s witch 72
Inte gral re ar s us pe ns ion 206
Inte grate d childre n's
s e ats 61
Inte ns ive cle aning
s ys te m 156
Inte ns ive cle aning, auto-
matic 73
Inte rior light 37, 92
Re mote control 37
Inte rior lights
Changing bulb 182
dip 205
Inte rior move me nt prote c-
tion 44
Inte rlock 63
Inte rmitte nt-wipe s e tting 72
J
Jack 186
Jump s tarting 196
K
Ke y Me mory 57
Ke ys 34
Ke ys with radio re mote con-
trol 34
Ke ys , re placing 34
Knock control 25
L
Las hing down loads 43, 121
Las hing points 43
Late nt he at accumulator 206
Le athe r, care of 168
Le ngth 215
Lice nce plate lights , chang-
ing bulb 181
Light s witch 90
Lights -on warning 90
Load are a 40, 117
Load are a capacity 217
Load are a cove r, touring 117
Load are a lights 40
Changing bulb 182
Load are a ne t 43
Load floor, re movable 120
Load, s e curing 121
Locks 133
Long-life oils 158
Low-be am he adlamps 90
Changing bulb 177
Capacity 217
Re mote control 38
Se curing s e parate ly 40
Luggage compartme nt lid 40
Ope ning from ins ide car 41
Luggage compartme nt
lights 92
Changing bulb 182
Lumbar s upport 51
M
M+S tyre s 140
Magic e ye , s e e batte ry s tate
of charge 191
Mainte nance 79, 163
Make -up mirrors 54
Malfunction dis plays 80
Manual ge arbox 66
Manual ope ration of
tailgate 40
Me mory 55
MFL (multifunctional s te e ring
whe e l) 23
Micro-filte r 97, 105
Microphone 110
From A to Z 231n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
MID (Multi-Information Dis -
play), s e e radio ope rating
ins tructions
Mirror me mory 55
Mirror, anti-glare 54
Mirror, ins ide , automatic-
dip 54
Mirrors 53
Mirrors , outs ide , automatic-
dip 55
Mobile phone , s e e s e parate
Mobile te le phone s 136
Modifications , te chnical
5, 172
Multifunctional s te e ring
whe e l (MFL) 23
Multi-Information Dis play
(MID), s e e radio ope rating
ins tructions
N
Navigation s ys te m, s e e
s e parate ope rating
ins tructions
Ne t, prote ctive (touring) 117
Non-s moke r e quipme nt 112
Nos e we ight 124
Nozzle s 100
O
OBD s ocke t 172
Octane numbe rs 25
Odome te r 77
Oil additive s 157
Oil change inte rvals
Oil for powe r s te e ring 162
Oil grade s 158
Oil le ve l
Che cking 157
Oil le ve l warning light 21
Oil pre s s ure warning light 20
Oil Se rvice 79
Old batte rie s 192
On-board compute r, s e e
als o radio ope rating
ins tructions
Ope rating range 83
Outs ide mirrors 53
Outs ide te mpe rature
dis play 77
Outs ide te mpe rature ,
compute r dis play 83
P
Paint, prote cting 166
Paintwork 165
Paintwork re pairs 166
Paintwork, re moving dirt 165
Park Dis tance Control
(PDC) 85
Parking aid 85
Parking brake 65
Parking in winte r 134
Parking lights 91
Changing bulb 178
PDC (Park Dis tance
Control) 85
Pe rformance 212, 221
Pe trol 25
Polle n 105
Polle n filte r 97
Powe r s ocke t 112
Pre -he ating 22, 63
Pre s s e d-s te e l whe e ls 141
Prote ctive glas s , care of 166
Prote ctive ne t 117
Pull-out load-are a floor 120
Puncture s 137, 186
R
Radiator 133
Radio Data Sys te m
(RDS) 204
Radio re ce ption 136, 204
Radio te le phone s 136
Radio, s e e s e parate ope rat-
ing ins tructions
Rain s e ns or 73, 207
Range 83
Rape s e e d oil me thyl e s te r 26
RDC (Tyre Pre s s ure
Control) 88, 208
RDS (Radio Data
Sys te m) 204
Re ading lights 93
Re ar fog lights 92
Changing bulb 179
Re ar light 179
Re ar lights
Changing bulb 179
Re ar lights , changing bulb
(touring) 180
Re ar s e at back, folding 113
Re ar window
Ope ning 41
Re ar window he ating 75
Re ar window was he r, auto-
matic 74
Re ar window wipe r 74
Re ne wing wipe r blade 176
Re ar window, he ate d
96, 104
Re circulate d air mode
96, 103
Re clining s e at me cha-
nis m 49
Re cycling 173
Re fue lling 25
Re mote control 37
Changing batte ry 183
From A to Z
Re mote control, auxiliary
he ate r 108
Re movable load floor 120
Re place me nt ke ys 34
Re s idual he at 104
Re s traint s ys te m 61
Re taining s traps 43
Re tre ade d tyre s 138
Re turn of ve hicle s 173
Re ve rs e 66
Re ve rs ing lamps 66
Re ve rs ing lights
Changing bulb 179
Rolle r s unblinds 106
Rolle r-blind cove r, touring
Load are a cove r,
touring 117
Roof load 217
Roof rack 122
Rubbe r parts 133
Rule of the road
Adjus ting he adlamps 171
Running-in 128
S
Se at back adjus tme nt 49
Se at be lts 58, 59
Se at he ating 106
Se at he ight adjus tme nt
49, 51
Se at me mory 55
Se at, e le ctrically adjus te d 51
Se at, manually adjus te d 49
Se ats , adjus ting 49
Se le cting de s ire d me mory
s e ttings 57
Se le ctor le ve r, automatic
trans mis s ion 67
Se lf-le ve lling s us pe ns ion 22,
135, 207
Se rvice Bookle t 163
Se rvice Inte rval indicator
79, 163
Se rvice mobile , s e e Eme r-
ge ncy Se rvice 196
Se rvotronic 135
Shiftlock 67, 69
Shoulde r s upport 51
Side airbags 59
Side lights 90
Changing bulb 178
Ski bag 114
Ski bag, touring 116
Skidding 134
Clos ing if an e le ctrical
de fe ct occurs 194
Snow chains 133, 140
Socke t 112
Socke t for On-Board Diag-
nos is 172
Spare ke ys 34
Spare whe e l 186
Spark plugs 224
Spe cial oils 158
Spe e ch input (s e e als o
s e parate ope rating
ins tructions ) 23
Spe e dome te r 16
Split re ar s e at back 113
Sport s e at 50, 52
Starting difficultie s 129, 196
Starting proble ms 64, 198
Starting with a flat
batte ry 196
Ste e ring 135
Ste e ring lock 63
Ste e ring whe e l he ating 106
Ste e ring whe e l he ight
adjus tme nt 52
Ste e ring whe e l me mory 55
Ste e ring whe e l, adjus ting 52
Ste ptronic 69
Stopwatch, s e e radio ope rat-
ing ins tructions
Storage s pace 109
Stratifie d te mpe rature con-
trol 97
Re ar-s e at are a ve ntila-
tion 104
Summe r tyre s 139
Summe r-grade die s e l
fue l 133
Sun rolle r blind 106
Sun vis ors 54
Sunroof 47
Conve nie nt clos ure and
ope ning 36
Manual ope ration 194
Symbols 4, 190
T
Tailgate
Manual ope ration 40, 195
Ope ning from ins ide car 41
Se curing s e parate ly 40
Te chnical modifications
5, 172
Te le phone 110
Te le phone , pre paration for
ins talling 110
Te le phone , s e e s e parate
Te lltale lights 20
Te mpe rature dis play, e ngine
coolant 79
Te mpe rature , adjus ting
96, 102
Thie fproof whe e l s tuds 189
Thigh s upport, adjus ting
50, 52
Third brake light 181
From A to Z 233n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
Tilt alarm s e ns or 37, 45
Time r, s e e radio ope rating
ins tructions
Tools 176
Top s pe e d 221
Topping up e ngine oil 157
Torch 109
Torque 212
touring
Changing load are a light
bulb 182
Compartme nts in load
are a 118
Folding re ar s e at back 117
Las hing loads 121
Load are a 117
Ope ning re ar window 41
Re ar window wipe r 74
Re le as ing tailgate if an
e le ctrical de fe ct
occurs 195
Re ne wing re ar window
wipe r blade 176
Se curing load 121
Ski bag 116
Towbar downthrus t 124, 217
Towing away 197, 198
Towing e ye s 197
Tow-s tarting 197, 198
Track 215
Traction control, s e e ASC+T
and/or DSC 86
Traile r loads 217
Traile r nos e we ight 217
Traile r tow hitch, cove r
flap 124
Traile r towing 123
Trans mitte r initialis ing
(re mote control) 184
Tre ad de pth, tyre s 137
Trip dis tance re corde r 77
Turn indicators 72
Changing bulb 178
Turning circle 215
Type plate 162
Tyre changing 138, 186
Tyre damage 137
Tyre ins criptions 139
Tyre markings 139
Tyre Pre s s ure Control
(RDC) 88, 208
Tyre pre s s ure monitoring
88, 208
Tyre pre s s ure s 27, 137
Tyre s ize s 141
Tyre tre ad 137
U
Unlade n we ight 217
Uphols te ry, care of 168
V
Vacuum cle ane r, conne ct
ing 112
V-be lts 224
Ve hicle ide ntification 162
Ve hicle re cycling 173
Ve ntilation 97, 100
Ve ntilation grille s 94
Ve ntilation outle ts 94
Ve ntilation, auxiliary 107
Ve ntilation, draught-fre e
97, 104
Ve ntilation, re ar-s e at are a 97
Ve nts , ve ntilation 100
Voice input 23
W
Warm fe e t cool he ad
97, 104
Warning dis plays 80
Warning lights 20
Warning triangle 24
Was he r je ts , adjus ting 156
Was hing the car 164
winds cre e n 166, 209
Wate r on road 128
We ights 217
Whe e l changing 186
Whe e l cove rs 187
Whe e l s tud wre nch 186
Whe e l s tuds 187
Whe e l s tuds , lockable 189
Whe e lbas e 215
Whe e ls 139
Whe e ls and tyre s 139, 141
Whe e ls , inte rchanging 138
Width 215
Window lifts 46
Windows
Conve nie nt clos ure and
ope ning 36
Re mote control 37
Safe ty s witche s 46
Windows , de fros ting 99, 102
Winds cre e n was he r re s e r-
voir, re filling 156
Winds cre e n was he r, auto-
matic 73
Winds cre e n wipe rs 72
Winds cre e n, wate r- and dirt-
re pe lle nt 166, 209
Winte r driving 133
Winte r tyre s 139, 140
Winte r-grade die s e l fue l 133
Wipe r blade s , re ne wing 176
Wipe rs 72
Wool ve lour, care of 168
Work on e ngine 147
X
Xe non he adlamps 91, 178,
208
A
Anti-fre e ze , adding 161
B
Batte ry changing
Re mote control for
auxiliary he ate r 185
Batte ry, re charging 191
Batte ry, s tate of charge 191
Bonne t, ope ning 147
Brake fluid, adding 161
Brake lights , changing
bulb 179
Brake s , malfunctioning 132
Bre akdown Se rvice 196
Bulb changing 177
C
Changing tyre s 186
Che ck-Control 80
Che cking oil le ve l 157
Coolant, adding 161
D
De fe ct tyre 186
De fros ting 103
De fros ting windows 99, 103
De -icing windows 99, 103
De mis ting windows 99, 103
Die s e l, Fue l inje ction mal-
function 136
Door, manual ope ration 36
E
Ele ctrical cons ume r
failure 192
Ele ctrical fault
Eme rge ncy ope ration
Doors 36
Luggage compartme nt
lid 40, 195
Eme rge ncy Se rvice 196
Engine compartme nt, ope n-
ing 147
Engine oil grade s 158
Engine oil le ve l che ck 157
Engine oil, topping up 157
F
Failure indications 80
Fault indications 80
Filling winds cre e n was he r
fluid 156
Firs t aid box 24
Flas hing turn indicator,
changing bulb 178
Flat batte ry 196
Fog lights , changing
bulb 179
Footwe ll lights , changing
bulb 182
Fue l fille r flap, unlocking in
the e ve nt of an e le ctrical
fault 194
G
Glove box light, changing
bulb 182
H
He adlamp adjus tme nt, rule
of the road 171
He adlight cove rs , care
of 177
High-be am he adlights , bulb
changing 177
I
Inte rior lights , changing
bulb 182
L
Lice nce plate lights , chang-
ing bulb 181
Low-be am he adlights , bulb
changing 177
Luggage compartme nt lid
Eme rge ncy ope ration 40
Luggage compartme nt/load
are a lights , changing
bulb 182
M
Mainte nance 79, 163
Manual ope ration
Doors 36
Luggage compartme nt lid
40, 195
N
Ne w trans mitte r
Re mote control for auxilia-
ry he ating 185
O
Oil grade s 158
P
Parking light, changing
bulb 178
Powe r s te e ring oil,
adding 162
Prote ctive glas s , care of 166
R
Radio inte rior move me nt
de te ctor, s witching off 45
Re ar fog light, changing
bulb 179
Re ar lights , changing
bulb 179
Minor repairs from A to Z
235n
M
i
n
o
r

r
e
p
a
i
r
s
K
e
y
w
o
r
d
s
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
D
a
t
a
Re ar lights , changing bulb
(touring) 180
Re ar window wipe r, re ne w-
ing blade 176
Re ar window wipe r, re ne w-
ing blade (touring) 176
Re charging batte ry 191
Re mote control
Batte ry changing 183
Re mote control for auxiliary
he ate r
Batte ry changing 185
Re ne wing fus e s 192
Re s e rve whe e l 186
Re ve rs ing light, changing
bulb 179
Rule of the road
He adlamp adjus tme nt 171
S
Se lf-le ve lling s us pe ns ion
inactive 135
Se rvice mobile , s e e Eme r-
ge ncy Se rvice 196
Side light, changing bulb 178
Sliding/tilting s unroof
Clos ing in the e ve nt of an
e le ctrical malfunction 194
Powe r s upply faile d 48
Sliding/tilting s unroof, clos -
ing (e le ctrical de fe ct) 194
Snow chains 140
Spare whe e l 186
Starting difficultie s 64, 129,
198
Starting proble ms 196
Starting with a flat
batte ry 196
Ste e ring s tiff to turn 135
T
Te lltale lights 20
Tilt alarm, s witching off 45
Toolkit 176
touring
Fue l fille r flap, unlocking in
the e ve nt of an e le ctrical
fault 194
Luggage compartme nt lid,
unlocking in the e ve nt of
an e le ctrical fault 195
Towing 198
Towing away 197
Towing e ye s 197
Tow-s tarting 197
Tyre damage 137
Tyre pre s s ure s , che cking 27
W
Warning lights 20
Warning s ignals 80
Warning triangle 24
Was he r fluid, topping up 156
Was he r je ts , adjus ting 156
Was he r re s e rvoir, filling 156
Whe e l s tud wre nch 186
Windows 103
Windows , de fros ting 99
Winds cre e n was he r re s e r-
voir 156
Winds cre e n wipe r blade s ,
re ne wing 176
Wipe r blade s , re ne wing 176
Working on e ngine 147
Minor repairs from A to Z
So that you always have acce s s to the
data you ne e d whe n re fue lling, you are
re comme nde d to add the re le vant infor-
mation to the table s hown he re .
Fuel
For de s cription, s e e page 25
Engine oil
The quantity of oil be twe e n the two dip-
s tick marks is approx. 1 litre (1.75 pints ).
De s ignation
RON: for nominal powe r out-
put
RON: als o pe rmitte d
RON: minimum, us e only if
unavoidable
Grade
Tyre pressures
Summe r Winte r
front re ar front re ar
4 pe rs ons
5 pe rs ons or 4 plus luggage
Refuelling stop

The Ultimate Driving Machine

0
1
4
1
9
7
9
1
3
0
1
E
n

1999 BMW E39 5 Series Owner S Handbook

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Descrizione originale:

Titolo originale

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

1999 BMW E39 5 Series Owner S Handbook

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Owner's Handbook for the vehicle.

With quick reference guide.

Potrebbero piacerti anche